Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 220

PROJECT: EPC & Commissioning of KOC Molten Sulphur Handling Facilities CONTRACT NUMBER: CA/CPD/0148

at MAA Refinery
DOC. NO: VP-219-295-0-ALL-SK-005 REV – B Page 1 of 210 DATE: 05-JUL-2020
P.O. NO : PO219/295/0 ITEM TAG NO : ALL

MANUFACTURER RECORD BOOK


FOR DIFFERENTIAL FLOW TRANSMITTERS & FLOW ELEMENTS
(Vendor Doc. No #: VP-219-295-0-ALL-SK-005)

B 05-JUL-2020 ISSUED FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL Mur Mur

A 05-APR-2020 ISSUED FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL Mur Mur

REV DATE DESCRIPTION PREPARED REVIEWED APPROVED


PROJECT: EPC & Commissioning of KOC Molten Sulphur Handling Facilities at CONTRACT NUMBER: CB/CPD/0148
MAA Refinery
DOC. NO: VP-219-295-0-ALL-SK-006 REV – 0 Page 1 of 2 DATE: 23-Mar-2020

P.O. NO : PO219/295/0 ITEM TAG NO : ALL

MANUFACTURER RECORD BOOK INDEX


FOR DIFFERENTIAL FLOW TRANSMITTERS & FLOW ELEMENTS

(Vendor Doc. No #: VP-219-295-0-ALL-SK-006)

0 23-MAR-2020 ISSUED FOR INFORMATION Mur Mur

C 17-MAR-2020 ISSUED FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL Mur Mur

B 24-FEB-2020 ISSUED FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL Mur Mur

A 2-FEB-2020 ISSUED FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL Mur Mur

REV DATE DESCRIPTION PREPARED REVIEWED APPROVED


INDEX
S.N Description

1 Inspection Release Note

2 Un priced Purchase Order

3 Inspection Test Plan

4 General Arrangement Drawing

5 BOM & Decodification

6 Sizing Calculation
Calibration/ Test Reports of DP Type Flow
7
Transmitters
8 Manifold Test Reports

9 SIL & Hazardous Certificate

10 Test reports of Flow elements

11 IOM Manual

12 Warranty Certificate

13 SPIR
IRN - Inspection Release Note
UN PRICED PO COPY OF FLOW
TRANSMITTERS
FLOW ELEMENTS & RESTRICTION ORIFICE PLATES
ITP- FLOW TRANSMITTERS & FLOW ELEMENTS
PROJECT: EPC & Commissioning of KOC Molten Handling Facilities at MAA CONTRACT NUMBER: CA/CPD/0148
Refinery
DOC. NO: VP-219-295-0-ALL-P-001 REV – 0 Page 1 of 3 DATE: 29-Sep-2019

P.O. NO : 219/295/0 ITEM TAG NO : ALL

INSPECTION AND TEST PLAN


FOR DP TYPE FLOW TRANSMITTER AND FLOW ELEMENT
(Ven.doc : 153765 & 17/41290,Rev.0)

0 29-Sep-2019 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION MURALI MURALI RI

C 19-Jan-2019 ISSUED FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL MURALI MURALI RE

B 29-NOV-2018 ISSUED FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL MURALI MURALI RE

A 26-SEP-2018 ISSUED FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL MURALI MURALI RE


PREPARED REVIEWED APPROVED
REV DATE DESCRIPTION (Vendor) (Vendor) ( GS)
Otto-Hahn-Straße 20, D-41515 Grevenbroich/Germany Tel.: +49-2181-75665-0, Fax +49-2181-64492, E-mail: info@intra-automation.de

Quality-Plan standard
Project Project-No.:

Client Yokogawa Middle East & Africa B.S.C.(c) Order.-No.: -

Manufacturer Intra Automation GmbH Work.-No.: 17/41290Rev3

No. Quality plan activity Procedure/Specification Acceptance criteria Vertifying document 1 2 3 4


1 Order recording VA-01-00-01 VA-01-00-01 Acknowledgement
2 Issue bills of material, datasheets and specifications VA-01-00-02 VA-01-00-02 Production Order
3 Incoming inspection of raw material and sub orders VA-02-06-01 VA-02-06-01 Nonconformance
Report
4 Hardness testing VA-02-00-01 NACE MR-01-75 none
5 Marking of pressure retaining parts VA-02-03-06 Ident. List or Drawing Material Cert. EN10204-
3.1
6 Preparing parts for assembly VA-02-03-01 DIN EN ISO 9692-1 Drawing
7 Welding VA-02-03-01 VA-02-03-01 none
8 Visual and dimensional control of welded parts VA-02-03-02 DIN EN ISO 17637 none

9 Radiographic examination of welds ASME ASME Sec.V ASME Sec.V none


DIN DIN EN ISO 17636-1 DIN EN ISO 10675
10 Dye penetrant examinat. of welds ASME VA-02-00-01 ASME B31.3 none
DIN DIN EN ISO 3452-1 DIN EN ISO 23277
11 Pressure testing acc. to german "Druckgeräte RL" PA-02-04-01 PED/ ASME or none
Shipyard-Rules
12 Standard pressure testing PA-02-04-01 PA-02-04-01 none
13 Final assembly VA-02-03-03 VA-02-03-03 none
Final inspection & release
14 Final documentation control VA-02-03-03 Docum.index or none
or specification

15 Packing and despatch VA-02-08-01 VA-02-08-01 Packing List


Terminology 1 = Intra-Automation H = Holdpoint
Mark if applicable 2 = Customer/representative W = Witness point
3 = NDE-Laboratory R = Review
4 = German TÜV

Manufacturer: Place Date Sign/Stamp

Intra-Automation GmbH
Otto-Hahn-Strasse 20 Grevenbroich 4/5/2020
41515 Grevenbroich / Germany

17-41290-ITP Schmitz
FB-01-11-13 Rev.: 12.01.2010 1/1
INSPECTION & TEST PLAN for Manifolds & DP Transmitters
KOC MOLTEN SULPHUR
Project Purchase Order
HANDLING FACILITIES AT ITEM FIT PO219/295/0
Name No
MAA REFINERY

Company KNPC ITP ref. No ITP-153765-FIT-YMA-000 Location N/A. only Doc. Review
Gulf Spic General Trading &
Contractor Contr. Co. W.L.L.
Rev. No Rev.1 Certification As listed

Supplier Yokogawa Inspection Class 0

H – Hold Point, W – Witness, M – Monitor, R – Review of Documents, A – Approval, P - Perform

Quantum Intervention Remarks


S.No Activity Description Reference Document
of check Vendor GS / TPI KNPC / TPI
1 Aproval of Drawings GA Drawings 100% H R/A R/A
2 Material Certificates EN 10204-3.1B 100% P R R
Test Certificates 100%
Cover the following:
1- Insulation Resistance Test
2- Dielectric Strength Test
QIS
3 3- Input/Output Check P R R
4- Checking Communication
Function
5- Operation Check of The
Integral Indicator
4 Certificate of Compliance Certificates 100% H R R
5 100% PMI testing Shell DEP 30.10.00.10 100% H R R
Hazardous Area Certificates Certificates
100%
6 H R R

Pressure Leak Test Report QIC


100%
7 P R R

8 NACE Certificates Certificates 100% H R R


9 SIL Certificates Certificates 100% H R R
10 Inspection Release note PO requirments 100% H H R
11 Packing & despach Manufacturer Standard 100% H R R
Refrence documents:
- Project Quality Requirments Exhubit F, Chapter-F5
- Instruemtnation applicable SHELL DEP’s/MESC SPE
INSPECTION TEST PLAN OF RESTRICTION ORIFICE
PLATES
Otto-Hahn-Straße 20, D-41515 Grevenbroich/Germany Tel.: +49-2181-75665-0, Fax +49-2181-64492, E-mail: info@intra-automation.de

Quality-Plan standard
Project Project-No.:

Client Yokogawa Middle East & Africa B.S.C.(c) Order.-No.:

Manufacturer Intra Automation GmbH Work.-No.: 17/41306Rev2

No. Quality plan activity Procedure/Specification Acceptance criteria Vertifying document 1 2 3 4


1 Order recording VA-01-00-01 VA-01-00-01 Acknowledgement
2 Issue bills of material, datasheets and specifications VA-01-00-02 VA-01-00-02 Production Order
3 Incoming inspection of raw material and sub orders VA-02-06-01 VA-02-06-01 Nonconformance
Report
4 Hardness testing VA-02-00-01 NACE MR-01-75 none
5 Marking of pressure retaining parts VA-02-03-06 Ident. List or Drawing Material Cert. EN10204-
3.1
6 Preparing parts for assembly VA-02-03-01 DIN EN ISO 9692-1 Drawing, PMI
7 Welding VA-02-03-01 VA-02-03-01 none
8 Visual and dimensional control of welded parts VA-02-03-02 DIN EN ISO 17637 none

9 Radiographic examination of welds ASME ASME Sec.V ASME Sec.V none


DIN DIN EN ISO 17636-1 DIN EN ISO 10675
10 Dye penetrant examinat. of welds ASME VA-02-00-01 ASME B31.3 none
DIN DIN EN ISO 3452-1 DIN EN ISO 23277
11 Pressure testing acc. to german "Druckgeräte RL" PA-02-04-01 PED/ ASME or none
Shipyard-Rules
12 Standard pressure testing PA-02-04-01 PA-02-04-01 none
13 Final assembly VA-02-03-03 VA-02-03-03 none
Final inspection & release
14 Final documentation control VA-02-03-03 Docum.index or none
or specification

15 Packing and despatch VA-02-08-01 VA-02-08-01 Packing List


Terminology 1 = Intra-Automation H = Holdpoint
Mark if applicable 2 = Customer/representative W = Witness point
3 = NDE-Laboratory R = Review
4 = German TÜV

Manufacturer: Place Date Sign/Stamp

Intra-Automation GmbH
Otto-Hahn-Strasse 20 Grevenbroich 4/5/2020
41515 Grevenbroich / Germany

17-41306-ITP Schmitz
FB-01-11-13 Rev.: 12.01.2010 1/1
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DRAWINGS- FLOW
TRANSMITTERS & FLOW ELEMENTS
Drawings EJA110E
Differential Pressure Transmitter
Wetted Parts Material Code S, L
(Except for Measurement Span Code F
SD 01C31B01-01EN and Option Code /HD)

Unit: mm (approx. inch)


Wetted Parts Material Code S, L (Except for Measurement Span Code F and Option Code /HD)

● Vertical Impulse Piping Type Electrical connection


for code 5, 9, A, and D.
Process connector downside

54 (0.24)
(Installation code 7)

6
242(9.53) 110(4.33)

(2.13)
175(6.89)
12 39
97 129(5.08) 2-inch pipe
(3.82) (0.47) (1.54) (O.D. 60.5 mm)
Mounting bracket External indicator
Conduit connection Process connector upside
(L-type,optional)
(2.05)

(optional) (Installation code 6)


Vent/Drain
52

Integral indicator plugs Process


connection
(optional)
97(3.82)
223(8.78)

67(2.64)

(1.61)
ø78(3.07)

138(5.43)*2
95(3.74)

ø70(2.76)

41
(1.61)
67(2.64)

223(8.78)
41

97(3.82)
Process
Conduit connector
connection (optional)
Process connection 54
Zero adjustment High Low
(2.05)
pressure (2.13) pressure
52
Ground terminal side*1 side*1

● Horizontal Impulse Piping Type (Installation code 9)


Conduit
External indicator 89(3.50) 67 connection 110(4.33)
Conduit connection (2.64) Zero
adjustment 12 39
(optional) 95(3.74) Integral indicator
(0.47) (1.54)
(optional)
54
ø78(3.07)

(2.76)

(2.13)
ø70

6
175(6.89)
145(5.71)

129(5.08)

(0.24)
Vent plug, Ground
Drain plug*4 terminal Vent plug*4

Electrical connection Vent plug*4


for code 5, 9, A, and D.
Drain plug*4 Drain plug*4
124(4.88)

41
54(2.13)
(1.61) Process Low
High
115(4.53) connection pressure
(1.63)

pressure
41.3

side*1 side*1
Process connector
(1.85)
47

Mounting bracket (optional) 2-inch pipe


(Flat-type,optional) (O.D. 60.5 mm)
130(5.12)*3
*1: When Installation code 2, 3, or 8 is selected, high and low pressure side on the above figure
are reversed. (i.e. High pressure side is on the right side.)
*2: When Option code K1, K2, K5, or K6 is selected, add 15 mm(0.59 inch) to the value in the figure.
*3: When Option code K1, K2, K5, or K6 is selected, add 30 mm(1.18 inch) to the value in the figure.
*4: Not available when option code GS is specified.
*5: When electrical connection code 7 or C is selected, a blind plug is protruded up to 8 mm from the conduit connection.

All Rights Reserved. Copyright © 2012, Yokogawa Electric Corporation.


Subject to change without notice. Printed in Japan.
SD 01C31B01-01EN
1st Edition: June 02, 2012
7th Edition: June 1, 2017
P-
2

● Terminal Configuration ● Terminal Wiring for 4 to 20 mA output,


FOUNDATION Fieldbus and PROFIBUS PA
communication types
+ 1
Power supply and output terminals
SUPPLY – 2

CHECK + 3
– 2
External indicator (ammeter) terminals*1*2

Ground terminal

*1: When using an external indicator or check meter, the internal


resistance must be 10 Ω or less.
*2: Not available for FOUNDATION Fieldbus and PROFIBUS PA
Terminal 1 Terminal 3 communication types.
Terminal 2
● Terminal Wiring for 1 to 5 V output
+ 1
Power supply terminals
SUPPLY – 2

VOUT + 3 1 to 5 V DC with HART communication


– 2 terminals
Ground terminal

Three or four wire connection. For four wire connection, both supply
and signal lines use SUPPLY - terminal.

All Rights Reserved. Copyright © 2012, Yokogawa Electric Corporation. SD 01C31B01-01EN

P-
6 5 4 3 2 1
Rev. Description Date Checked Part Number
00 Erstfreigabe \ Initial release 09.11.2016 Becker C13ST-5W X A0 -XX -XX XXX -XX XX
01 Kennzeichnung EAC hinzu 15.11.2016 Fii
DUST CAP GREEN Body/Trim Material
EQUALIZE 316/316L S
Alloy C-276 H
Alloy 400 M
Duplex S31803 E
D Super-Duplex S32750 W
D
Alloy 625 C
DUST CAP RED Connection type:
Example view for Packing Option P5
VENT (ASME B31.1 Power Piping)
Process side 1/2" NPTF,
Instrument side IEC 61518-B
flanged;
115 mm open

IEC61518-B Bolting
[4.53 in]

SS (ASTM A193 B8M Cl. 2) -S4


CS (ASTM A449 Type 1) -NN
mm Packing
Graphite -G5
PTFE (as Standard) -NN
[0 11,8

Power Piping (ASME B31.1)


in]

(Graphite only) -P5


INLET
n
.4 6

Pipe Plugs / Vent Plugs


1/2NPT Pipe Plug 316/316L PS2
Pipe Plug Alloy C-276 PH2
Pipe Plug Alloy 400 PM2
C Pipe Plug Duplex S31803 PE2 C
Pipe Plug Super-Duplex S32750 PW2
Pipe Plug Alloy 625 PC2
30 mm
VENT 1/4NPT DUST CAP BLUE 31,2 mm Vent Plug 316/316L VS2
[1.18 in]
38 mm ISOLATE [1.23 in] Vent Plug Alloy C-276 VH2
[1.5 in] Vent Plug Alloy 400 VM2
MOUNTING BRACKET M10 Vent Plug Duplex S31803 VE2
105 mm Vent Plug Super-Duplex S32750 VW2
[4.13 in] Vent Plug Alloy 625 VC2
246 mm open Without Plugs NNN
Notes: [9.69 in] Cleaning
1) Accessory kit included: for Oxygen Service -K5
4x bolts 7/16-20UNF x 1 3/4" None -NN
Bolt material as per selection, CS or SS instrument
View only for marking Valve Operator
2x gasket (same material as packing) Handwheel -H5
2) Non-wetted metal parts in 316 SST test / vent test / vent Handwheel with Locking Plate Design -L5
3) Wetted parts acc. to NACE MR0175 / ISO15156 / MR0103 Anti-Tamper with Key -R5
4) Graphite packed manifolds Fire Safe approved (ISO 10497) Anti-Tamper without Key -T5
5) Marking illustrations only for information. This will vary for None -NN
B the configuration ordered. process p-t-rating B
6) Pipe Plugs / Vent Plugs are installed with p-t rating Max. Temp. Option
- PTFE-Tape in case of PTFE-Packing 420 bar @ 38°C
- Graphite-Tape in case of Graphite-Packing 550°C / 1022°F Graphite Packing
6092 psi @ 100°F
INSTRUMENT 420 bar @ 38°C
200°C / 392°F Cleaning for Oxygen Service
Manufacturer: 6092 psi @ 100°F
PROCESS AS-Schneider 414 bar @ 38°C ASME B31.1 Power Piping
420 bar @ 38°C Made in Germany
6092 psi @ 100°F YOKOGAWA IEC 209 bar @ 538°C (Graphite Packing)
max. temp. 232°C/450°F
316 / 316L schneider 420 bar @ 38°C
232°C / 450°F All other Options
C13ST-3WSA0-NN-NNNNN-NNNN SC-MM-YY-XXXXXXXX 6092 psi @ 100°F
Copyright reserved of ISO 16016: scale
The reproduction, distribution and utilization of this document as
well as the communication of its contents to others without Product designed and manufactured by AS-Schneider
express authorization is prohibited. Offenders will be held liable
for the payment of damages. All rights reserved in the event of
date name
grant of a patent, utility model or design.
drawn 29.02.2016 Becker 5 Valve Manifold Direct Mount
checked 23.06.2016 Ni
A A
Armaturenfabrik Franz
Schneider
GmbH + Co. KG Blatt / sheet
1
Bahnhofplatz 12 C13ST-5WxA0
D-74226 Nordheim A3
General tolerance: ISO 2768 - cK Tel. +49 (0)7133/101-0 file C13ST-5WxA0_ID.idw CAD
6 5 4 3 2 1
GENERAL ARRANGEMENT DRAWINGS OF
RESTRICTION ORIFICE PLATES
BILL OF MATERIAL OF FLOW TRANSMITTERS
PROJECT: EPC & Commissioning of KOC Molten Handling Facilities at MAA CONTRACT NUMBER: CA/CPD/0148
Refinery
DOC. NO: VP-219-295-0-ALL-SK-001 REV – 0 Page 1 of 2 DATE: 21-Jan-18

P.O. NO : 219/295/0 ITEM TAG NO : ALL

BOM AND DECODIFICATION FOR FLOW ELEMENT,


DP-FLOW TRANSMITTER AND RESTRICTION ORIFICE

0 21-Jan-18 ISSUED FOR INFORMATION Murali Murali RE


PREPARED REVIEWED APPROVED
REV DATE DESCRIPTION (Vendor) (Vendor) ( GS)
BILL OF MATERIAL
Manifold
Item Tag No Range Scale Device Type Output Model Code Accessories Type Accessories Qty
Material

KOC MOLTEN SULPHUR HANDLING FACILITIES AT MAA REFINERY


1 064-FIT-5004 0 ~ 2000 mmH2O 110.2 ~ 2707 kg/h SQRT DP FLOW TX HART 7 EJA110E-JMS5G-917DJ/FS1/M01/T12/D4/X2 5 valve Manifold SS316/SS316L 1
C13ST-5WSA0-S4-NNPS2-NNNN Dual certified
2 064-FIT-5010 0 ~ 2000 mmH2O 424.8 ~ 10655 kg/h SQRT DP FLOW TX HART 7 EJA110E-JMS5G-917DJ/FS1/M01/T12/D4/X2 5 valve Manifold SS316/SS316L 1
C13ST-5WSA0-S4-NNPS2-NNNN
Dual certified
2

1a DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE TRANSMITTER


Detailed Specifications as per GS
Make Yokogawa - Japan
Model EJA110E-JMS5G-917DJ/FS1/M01/T12/D4/X2
EJA110E Differential Pressure Transmitter
J 4-20 mA HART
M Span 0-100 Kpa
S Wetted parts Material: Hastelloy C-276 *2 (Diaphragm)F316L SST, 316L SST (Others)Cover flange: ASTM CF-8M
5 Process connection without process connector (1/4 NPT female on the cover flanges)
G Nuts & Bolts Material SS316L
9 Instalaltion Horizontal and left side high pressure
1 Electronics Housing Cast aluminum alloy
7 Electrical conenction 1/2 NPT female, two electrical connections and a blind plug
D Display Digital indicator
J Mounitng bracket 316 SST 2-inch pipe mounting, flat type (for horizontal piping)
FS1 FM Intrinsically safe Approval
M01 Material Cert
T12 Pressure test/Leak Test Cert
D4 Calibration units
X2 Anti-corrosion coating
SIL 2 Certification
Hazardous classification (Class 1, Div 2, Group C & D) & Temperature Class T4
Ingress Protection IP66/IP67
Accuracy: +/-0.055% of span

1b Five Valve Manifold


Detailed Specifications as per GS
Make AS-Schneider - Germany
Process Connection 1/2" NPTF
Inst. Connection Flanged
Vent Connection 1/4" NPT
Material SS316/SS316L Dual certified
Model C13ST-5WSA0-S4-NNPS2-NNNN
BILL OF MATERIAL OF FLOW ELEMENTS
FLOW ELEMENT WITH ORIFICE FLANGE

Plate thickness Flange size &


S. No Tag No. Qty
in mm Rating

1 064-FE-5004 2 1" 300# SCH XS 1


2 064-FE-5010 3 3" 900# SCH XS 1
2

001) ORIFICE PLATE WITH FLANGE ASSEMBLY


TAG-No.: 064-FE-5004
A) Orifice flanges
Type: weld neck acc. to ANSI 816.36
Flange size and rating: 1" 300# SCH XS
Flange material:4105
Flange facing: RF
Pressure tapping: two sets 1/2" NPT-F
Complete with two of jack screw's (SS304 min)
B) Gasket 300#
Type: spiralwounded
Material: Carbon Steel outer, 316SS inner ring
With graphite filler
Thickness:4,5 mm
C) Orifice plate
Type: concentric square edge plate
Material: 3161
Thickness: 2 mm
VenVdrain: without
Bore diameter: at ordering stage
Beta-ration: at ordering stage
D) Bolts & nuts ASTM
Material: A1 93-87/41 94-2H
E)Additional: Stamped TAG No. and direction
Sizing calculation based on ISO-5167
Material Certificate DIN EN 10204-3.1
Data sheet

002) ORIFICE PLATE WITH FLANGE ASSEMBLY 1


TAG-No.: 064-FE-5010
A) Orifice flanges
Type: weld neck acc. to ANSI 816.36
Flange size and rating: 3" 900# SCH XS
Flange material: 4182-F 1 1
Flange facing: RF
Pressure tapping: two sets 1/2" NPT-F
Complete with two of jack screw's (SS304)
B) Gasket 900#
Type: spiralwounded
Material: Carbon Steel outer, SS321 inner ring
With graphite filler
Thickness:4,5 mm
C) Orifice plate
Type: concentric square edge plate
Material: 316L
Thickness: 3 mm
VenUdrain: without
Bore diameter: at ordering stage
Beta-ration: at ordering stage
D) Bolts & nuts ASTM
Material: 2OCrMoWiB 4-1 0 (1 .7 7 29);
20CrMoWi84-10
E)Additional: Stamped TAG No. and direction
Sizing calculation based on ISO-5167
Material Certificate DIN EN 10204-3.1
Data sheet
BILL OF MATERIALS OF RESTRICTION ORIFICE
PLATES
RESTRICTION ORIFICE PLATE
Plate thickness Vent or Drain
S. No Tag No. Qty
in mm Hole

1 064-F0-5000 15 Drain 1
2 064-F0-5001 15 Drain 1
3 064-F0-5002 15 Drain 1
4 064-F0-5003 2 Vent 1
4

ORIFICE PLATE IN ACC. WITH DRAWING


s32.114
material: 316L
version: concentric square edge
beta-ratio and inside diameter: after order entry;
incl. material
certificate
EN 1 0204-3.1

Below Documentation are included in the BOM Summary item B:


- PMI
- dp calculation
- datasheet
- material certificate EN 10204-3.1
- test report
SIZING CALCULATION OF FLOW ELEMENTS
PROJECT: EPC & Commissioning of KOC Molten Handling Facilities at MAA CONTRACT NUMBER: CA/CPD/0148
Refinery
DOC. NO: VP-219-295-0-ALL-C-001 REV – 0 Page 1 of 9 DATE: 26-Nov-2018

P.O. NO : 219/295/0 ITEM TAG NO : RESTRICTION ORIFICE

SIZING CALCULATION FOR FLOW ELEMENT AND


RESTRICTION ORIFICE

0 26-Nov-2018 ISSUED FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL Murali Murali RE

B 21-10-2018 ISSUED FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL Murali Murali RE

A 21-Apr-18 ISSUED FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL Murali Murali RE


PREPARED REVIEWED APPROVED
REV DATE DESCRIPTION (Vendor) (Vendor) ( GS)
CONVAL@ by F.|.R.S.T Version 10,0 (Build 10.0.11)

Differentia I pressure flow element: 1 7 -4 1 290_064-FE-5004_dp-ca lcu lation 08.08.2017 14.1401

Calculation header
ldentifier 17 -4 1 290 E-5004_d p-calcu atio
I n
-064-F
Tag No. 064-FE-5004

Medium selection and state


Medium LP condensate Demi. Water
State Liquid

Properties at operating point


OC
Operating temperature t1 100,0
Operating pressure p1 10,01 kgf/cm"(g)
Vapor pressure (tl ) pvl X 0,04956 kgf/cm'?(g)
Operating density (tl, pl ) !1 N 9!V,L ,
oo2 kg/m"
O Dynamic viscosity (t1, pl ) n1 M 0,68 cP

Pipeline
Material number *] A106-8
'1
Material short name A 106 (B)
Condition J new, seamless, cold drawn
Pipe diameter Circular
O Pipe class
''1
ANSI
Size class NPS J] 1',
Schedule SCH XS
'n
Pressure class class class 300
O Pipe outside diameter Do.* 1,315 in
Pipe wall thickness tP 0,1 79 in
O Pipe inside diameter (20'C) Di * 0,957 in
Linear coefficient of thermal expansion olin ql 11 ,516 E-6 1tK
Pipe roughness k)* 0,01 mm
Maximum operating temperature t,max t 594,0
OC
Minimum operating temperature t,min *] -30,0

Flow element - specification


Device Orifice
0rifice Concenkic, square-edged entrance
Pressure tapping Flange taps
Calculation base rso 5167

Flow element - material


Materialnumber Device J A1 82-F31 6L
Material sho( name Device J A 182 (F3161)
Linear coefficient of thermal expansion olin,D iru 16,822E-6 1lK
Edge radius (20'C) rkM 5,0 E-3 mm

Flow element - operating values


Calculation reference Recalculation: C and E with qm
Calculated value d
Throttle orifice (20'C) dal mm
Pressure difference Ap 100,0 inH20
O Mass flow rate qm 2.979,6 kg/h
O Volume flow rate (operating conditions) qv 3,0 m"/h

17 -41 290_064-F E-5004_dp-calcu lation. CFM 1(3)


CONVAL@ by F.l.R S T Version 10,0 (Build 10.0 11)

Differential pressure flow element: 17 -41290_064-FE-5004_dp-calculation 08.08.2017 14.14:01

Flow element - application range


Min. pipe inside diameter Di,min :\ 0,98425 in

More calculated values


! Discharge coefficient (*) CA 0,61765
Reynolds number (*) ReD H 63.696,0
Diameter ratio P;el

Values table
I Flow value table
lncrement for value table n 10,0 %
NE Ap Ap qm qv uP Meets standard?
lY,) IinH2o] Ikg/h] Im"/h] Im/s]
1 10,0 10,0 954,0 0,9605 0,5739 ü
2 20,0 20,0 1.343,0 1,352 0,8078 !
J 30,0 30,0 1.641,0 1,652 0,9871 !
4 40,0 40,0 1.892,0 1,905 1,138 ü
5 50,0 50,0 2.113,0 2,127 1,271 tr
o 60,0 60,0 2.313,0 2,329 1,391 fl
7 70,0 70,0 2.496,0 2,514 1,502 !
B 80,0 80,0 2.667,0 2,686 1,605 ü
q
90,0 90,0 2.828,0 2,847 1,701 ü
10 100,0 100,0 2.980,0 3,0 1,792 !
Required inlef sections
0% 0,5 o/o

One or two 90' bends, S230D 1.069,5 486,1 6 mm


Two 90' bends, 30D>S>10D, same plane 1.069,5 437,54 mm
Two 90" bends, 100>S, same plane 1.069,5 486,1 6 mm
Two 90'bends, 30D>S>5D, perpendicular planes 1.069,5 486,1 6 mm
Two 90" bends, SD>S, perpendicular planes 1.458,5 437,54 mm
Single 90' tee B75,OB 437,54 mm
One or two 45' bends, S>2D 1.069,5 437,54 mm
Reducer 291,69 145,85 mm
Diffusor 680,62 340,31 mm
Gate valve, completely open 437,54 218,77 mm
Abrupt diameter reduction 729,23 364,62 mm
Thermometer-pocket, O s 0,03 Di 121,54 72,923 mm
Thermometer-pocket, 0 > 0,03 Di 486,1 6 243,08 mm

Required outlet section


Required outlet section 170,15 85,077 mm

Warning:
..t\ Device not conforming to standard. Di,t1 (0,9579 in) < Di,min (0,9843 in)

Hint:
S Approximate value: Discharge coefficient (-) - C

17 -41 290_064-FE-5004_dp-calcu lation. C FM 2(3)


CONVAL@ by F.l R.S.T. Version 10.0 (Build 10.0.11)

Differential pressure flow element: 17-41290_064-FE-5004_dp-calculation 08.08.2017 14:14:01

Legend
t& Calculated value
N Modified calculated value
J Lookup value
X Modified database value
§ Warning
& Hint

17 -41290_064-FE-5004_dp-calcu lation. CFM 3(3)


CONVAL@ by F l.R S T. Version 10.0 (Build 10 0.11)

Differential pressu re flow element: I 7 -41 290 _064-FE-50 1 0_dp-calcu lation 08.08.2017 14.12.02

Calculation header
ldentifier 17 -41 290 _064-FE-50 1 0_dp-calcu lation
Tag No. 064-FE-5010

Medium serecfion and state


Medium HP steam
State Vaporous

Properties at operating point


0perating temperature t1 438,0 "c
Operating pressure pl 59,8 kgf/cm'(g)
Operating density (t'1, p'1) [1 M 19,46 kg/m3
lsentropic exponent (tl, p1) !x 1,38

Pipeline
Materialnumber r 4335-P11
Material short name ;J A 335 (P11)
Condition t new, seamless, cold drawn
Pipe diameter Circular
O Pipe class ANSI
Size class NPS H 3"
Schedule SCH -* XS
Linear coefficient of thermal expansion olin s 13,819 E-6 1lK
Pipe roughness kX 0,01 mm

Flow element - specification


Device Orifice
Orifice Concentric, square-edged entrance
Pressure tapping Flange taps
Calculation base ,' ISO 5167

Flow element - material


Materialnumber Device *} A182-F3'161
Material short name Device J A 182 (F3161)
Linear coefficient of thermal expansion olin, D m 1 8,1 E-6
25 1 lK
Edge radius (20"C) rk )d 2,0 E-3 mm

Flow element - operating values


Calculation reference Recalculation: C and s with qm
Calculated value d
Throttle orifice (20"C) d t4 mm
Pressure difference AP 500,0 inH2O
O Mass flow rate qm 10.655,0 kg/h
O Volume flow rate (operating conditions) qv ffi 547,53 m"/h

More calculated values


D Discharge coefficient (-) C w 0,60632
Reynolds number (*) ReD w 2,0939 EG
Diameter ratio 9w
Values table
El Flow value table
lncrement for value table 10,0 0Ä

I 7 -41290_064-FE-50 1 0_dp-calculation CFM 1(2)


CONVAL@ by F l.R S T. Venion 10.0 (Build 10.0.11)

Differential pressu re flow element: 1 7 -41 290_064-FE-50 1 0_dp-ca lculation 08.O8.2O17 14:12.O2

Values table (continued)


Ne Ap Ap qm qv uP Meets standard?
lYol linH2Ol lks/hl Im3/h] lm/sI
1 10,0 50,0 3.401,0 174,8 11,26 a
I 20,0 100,0 4.801,0 246,7 15,9 a
J 30,0 150,0 5.872,0 301,8 19,45 a
4 40,0 200,0 6.774,0 348,1 22,43 a
5 50,0 250,0 7 566,0 3BB,B 25,05 a
6 60,0 300,0 8.281,0 425,5 27,42 a
7 70,0 350,0 8.936,0 459,2 29,59 a
8 80,0 400,0 9 546,0 490,5 31,61 tr
o 90,0 450,0 10.'120,0 519,9 33,5 a
10 100,0 500,0 10.650,0 547,5 35,28 E

Required inlet sections


0% 0,5 o/o

One or two 90" bends, S>30D 3.241,0 1.473,2 mm


Two 90" bends, 30D>S>10D, same plane 3.241,0 1.325,9 mm
Two 90" bends, 1OD>S, same plane 3.241,0 1.620,5 mm
Two 90' bends, 30D>S>5D, perpendicular planes 3.241,0 1.473,2 mm
Two 90" bends, SD>S, perpendicular planes 5.524,5 1.325,9 mm
Single 90' tee 3.241,0 1.325,9 mm
One or two 45' bends, S>2D 3.241,0 1.325,9 mm
Reducer 957,58 589,28 mm
Diffusor 2 651,8 1.325,9 mm
Gate valve, completely open 1.767 ,B 883,92 mm
Abrupt diameter reduction 2.209,8 1 04,9
.1 mm
Thermometer-pocket, O s 0,03 Di 368,3 220,98 mm
Thermometer-pocket, 0 > 0,03 Di 1.473,2 736,6 mm

Required outlet section


Required outlet section 589,28 294,64 mm

Confirmation:

' The calculation is according to ISO 5'167.

Legend
ffi Calculated value
){ Modified calculated value
J Lookup value
X Modified database value
,' Confirmation

1 7 -41 290_064-FE-50 1 0_dp-ca lculation. CFM 2(2)


SIZING CALCULATION OF RESTRICTION ORIFICE
PLATES
TEST / CALIBRATION REPORTS OF FLOW
TRANSMITTERS
CERTIFICATE

MESSRS. : KNPC - MINA ABDULLA REFINERY

END USER : KNPC - MINA ABDULLA REFINERY

PLANT :

USER ORDER NO. : PO219/295/0

DATE
2018-08-14

NO.
2004718107

SUBMITTED BY
Luqman.A

CHECKED
INDEX PAGE 1/ 1

DESCRIPTION Q'TY PAGE

0090 NAME Differential Pressure Transmitter 02


MODEL EJA110E-JMS5G-917DJ/FS1/D4/X2/M01/T12
STYLE : S1
* YOKOGAWA NOTE1 * 2004718107 0090
TAG NO * YOKOGAWA NOTE2 *
( 0001 ) 064-FIT-5004
( 0002 ) 064-FIT-5010
成  績  表
T E S T C E R T I F I C A T E
製 品 名 称 差圧伝送器 タ グ No.
PRODUCT NAME Differential Pressure Transmitter TAG NO. 064-FIT-5004
形 名 スタイル
MODEL EJA110E-JMS5G-917DJ/FS1/D4/X2/M01/T12 STYLE S1
手配 No. 計 器 番 号
ORDER NO. PO219/295/0--00 SERIAL NO. BHU800692
測定範囲 外観
MEASURING RANGE 0 - 1000 mmH2O APPEARANCE 良、 GOOD
入出力特性 (開平) 許容差 : ± 0.055 %(OUTPUT 0,50,75,100%)
INPUT/OUTPUT CHARACTERISTICS (SQUARE ROOT) ACCURACY : ± 0.110 %(OUTPUT 25%) of span
入 力 INPUT 出 力 OUTPUT
差圧 基準値 誤 差 ERROR (of span)
DIFFERENTIAL DESIRED ↓ 上昇 ↑ 下降
PRESSURE INC. DEC.
(mmH2O) (mA) (%) (%)
0.0 4 0.000 +0.007

62.5 8 -0.022 -0.021

250.0 12 -0.001 +0.007

562.5 16 +0.016 -0.004

1000.0 20 +0.023

項 目 ITEM 結果 RESULT


絶縁抵抗 出力端子(+,-端子間短絡)-GND
INSULATION OUTPUT TERM. (BETWEEN +&- TERM. SHORTED)-GND 良、 GOOD
RESISTANCE 20MΩ/500 V DC
耐電圧 出力端子(+,-端子間短絡)-GND
DIELECTRIC OUTPUT TERM. (BETWEEN +&- TERM. SHORTED)-GND 良、 GOOD
STRENGTH 500 V AC/ 1 min
内蔵指示計 許容差(入出力特性許容差)+(±0.1%)
INTEGRAL ACCURACY 良、 GOOD
INDICATOR (INPUT/OUTPUT CHARACTERISTICS ACCURACY)+(±0.1%)
HIGH
プロセス接続口
PROCESS NONE(1/4 NPT)
良、 GOOD
LOW
CONNECTION
NONE(1/4 NPT)
配線接続口
良、 GOOD
CONDUIT HOLE Two 1/2 NPT and PLUG
IFO 寸法検査 オリフィス口径 ========
IFO DIMENSIONAL CHECK ORIFICE BORE SIZE
通信機能 検査基準参照 良、 GOOD
COMMUNICATION FUNCTION REFER TO INSPECTION STD.
ステータス接点出力 検査基準参照 ========
STATUS OUTPUT REFER TO INSPECTION STD.

NOTES

日 付 室 内 温 度 ・ 湿 度
DATE 2018-08-13 AMBIENT TEMP.&HUM. 24 ℃ & 56 %
検 査 者 承 認 者
INSPECTOR L.Ali APPROVED BY R.Raj

Doc No. YMA-TML-SF-10


Rev 1.0 13-Jun-2013
耐 圧・漏 洩 試 験 成 績 表
PRESSURE TEST CERTIFICATE

タ グ No.
TAG NO. 064-FIT-5004
形 名
MODEL EJA110E-JMS5G-917DJ/FS1/D4/X2/M01/T12
手配 No. 計 器 番 号
ORDER NO. PO219/295/0 SERIAL NO. BHU800692

試験の種類 水圧試験 気圧試験 油圧試験


KIND OF TEST HYDRAULIC PRESSURE GAS PRESSURE OIL PRESSURE
試験流体 級水 WATER CLASS 乾燥N2 ガス N2 ガス
APPLIED FLUID A B C DRY N2 GAS N2 GAS
試験圧力 圧力計番号
16 MPa 91U230547
TEST PRESSURE TEST PRESSURE GAUGE NO.
保持時間 圧力計校正年月日
TEST DURATION 1 min PRESSURE GAUGE 2018-05-17
CALIBRATION DATE

1.試験要領図
TEST SETUP DIAGRAM

2.判定基準 :試験圧力に耐え、漏洩のないこと
CRITERION:WHEN TEST PRESSURE APPLIED, NO DAMAGE AND NO LEAKAGE

3. 判 定
TEST RESULT 良、GOOD

日 付 室 内 温 度 ・ 湿 度
DATE 2018-08-13 AMBIENT TEMP.&HUM. 24 ℃ & 54 %
検 査 者 承 認 者
INSPECTOR L.Ali APPROVED BY R.Raj

Doc No. YMA-TML-SF-13


Rev 0 26-Jan-2015
Mill Certificate (Ref:QW-BOX-J)
064-FIT-5004 PO219/295/0
Tag No. Order No.

Model No. EJA110E Serial No. BHU800692

Part No. F9900TB FLANGE

Marking P85 Date 2018-08-13

Yokogawa Middle East & Africa B.S.C.(c)

Document No. YMA-TML-SF-06 Rev 1.2

Date:18-Apr-2018
成  績  表
T E S T C E R T I F I C A T E
製 品 名 称 差圧伝送器 タ グ No.
PRODUCT NAME Differential Pressure Transmitter TAG NO. 064-FIT-5010
形 名 スタイル
MODEL EJA110E-JMS5G-917DJ/FS1/D4/X2/M01/T12 STYLE S1
手配 No. 計 器 番 号
ORDER NO. PO219/295/0--00 SERIAL NO. BHU800693
測定範囲 外観
MEASURING RANGE 0 - 2000 mmH2O APPEARANCE 良、 GOOD
入出力特性 (開平) 許容差 : ± 0.055 %(OUTPUT 0,50,75,100%)
INPUT/OUTPUT CHARACTERISTICS (SQUARE ROOT) ACCURACY : ± 0.110 %(OUTPUT 25%) of span
入 力 INPUT 出 力 OUTPUT
差圧 基準値 誤 差 ERROR (of span)
DIFFERENTIAL DESIRED ↓ 上昇 ↑ 下降
PRESSURE INC. DEC.
(mmH2O) (mA) (%) (%)
0.0 4 +0.003 +0.002

125.0 8 -0.010 -0.008

500.0 12 +0.007 0.000

1125.0 16 0.000 -0.003

2000.0 20 +0.007

項 目 ITEM 結果 RESULT


絶縁抵抗 出力端子(+,-端子間短絡)-GND
INSULATION OUTPUT TERM. (BETWEEN +&- TERM. SHORTED)-GND 良、 GOOD
RESISTANCE 20MΩ/500 V DC
耐電圧 出力端子(+,-端子間短絡)-GND
DIELECTRIC OUTPUT TERM. (BETWEEN +&- TERM. SHORTED)-GND 良、 GOOD
STRENGTH 500 V AC/ 1 min
内蔵指示計 許容差(入出力特性許容差)+(±0.1%)
INTEGRAL ACCURACY 良、 GOOD
INDICATOR (INPUT/OUTPUT CHARACTERISTICS ACCURACY)+(±0.1%)
HIGH
プロセス接続口
PROCESS NONE(1/4 NPT)
良、 GOOD
LOW
CONNECTION
NONE(1/4 NPT)
配線接続口
良、 GOOD
CONDUIT HOLE Two 1/2 NPT and PLUG
IFO 寸法検査 オリフィス口径 ========
IFO DIMENSIONAL CHECK ORIFICE BORE SIZE
通信機能 検査基準参照 良、 GOOD
COMMUNICATION FUNCTION REFER TO INSPECTION STD.
ステータス接点出力 検査基準参照 ========
STATUS OUTPUT REFER TO INSPECTION STD.

NOTES

日 付 室 内 温 度 ・ 湿 度
DATE 2018-08-13 AMBIENT TEMP.&HUM. 24 ℃ & 59 %
検 査 者 承 認 者
INSPECTOR L.Ali APPROVED BY R.Raj

Doc No. YMA-TML-SF-10


Rev 1.0 13-Jun-2013
耐 圧・漏 洩 試 験 成 績 表
PRESSURE TEST CERTIFICATE

タ グ No.
TAG NO. 064-FIT-5010
形 名
MODEL EJA110E-JMS5G-917DJ/FS1/D4/X2/M01/T12
手配 No. 計 器 番 号
ORDER NO. PO219/295/0 SERIAL NO. BHU800693

試験の種類 水圧試験 気圧試験 油圧試験


KIND OF TEST HYDRAULIC PRESSURE GAS PRESSURE OIL PRESSURE
試験流体 級水 WATER CLASS 乾燥N2 ガス N2 ガス
APPLIED FLUID A B C DRY N2 GAS N2 GAS
試験圧力 圧力計番号
16 MPa 91U230547
TEST PRESSURE TEST PRESSURE GAUGE NO.
保持時間 圧力計校正年月日
TEST DURATION 1 min PRESSURE GAUGE 2018-05-17
CALIBRATION DATE

1.試験要領図
TEST SETUP DIAGRAM

2.判定基準 :試験圧力に耐え、漏洩のないこと
CRITERION:WHEN TEST PRESSURE APPLIED, NO DAMAGE AND NO LEAKAGE

3. 判 定
TEST RESULT 良、GOOD

日 付 室 内 温 度 ・ 湿 度
DATE 2018-08-13 AMBIENT TEMP.&HUM. 24 ℃ & 54 %
検 査 者 承 認 者
INSPECTOR L.Ali APPROVED BY R.Raj

Doc No. YMA-TML-SF-13


Rev 0 26-Jan-2015
Mill Certificate (Ref:QW-BOX-J)
064-FIT-5010 PO219/295/0
Tag No. Order No.

Model No. EJA110E Serial No. BHU800693

Part No. F9900TB FLANGE

Marking P85 Date 2018-08-13

Yokogawa Middle East & Africa B.S.C.(c)

Document No. YMA-TML-SF-06 Rev 1.2

Date:18-Apr-2018
TEST / CALIBRATION REPORTS OF MANIFOLDS
Armaturenfabrik Franz Schneider GmbH + Co. KG · Bahnhofplatz 12 · D-74226 Nordheim
Tel. +49 7133 101-153 oder / or -253
Zeugnis-Nr. / Certificate no.: 19-01016
Abnahmeprüfzeugnis 3.1 EN 10204 Datum / Date: 25.01.2019/db
Inspection certificate 3.1 EN 10204 Blatt / Page: 1/2

Kunde / Customer: Yokogawa Electric Corporat Auftrags-Nr. / O/A no.: M095064


Tokyo,
Artikel / Part: 5-fach Ventilblock Artikel-Nr. / Part no.: 5WSA0-S4-NNPS2-NNNN
5 Valve Manifold Ident-Nr. / Ident no.:
Bestell-Nr. / Order no.: 4506609452 Teile-Nr. des Kunden / Part no. of customer:
C13ST-5WSA0-S4-NNPS2-NNNN/ Made in Germany
2005524545 YMA
vom / of 07.01.2019
Stückzahl / Quantity: 1 Stück / pcs. Werkstoff / Material: Edelstahl/st.st

Herstellerzeichen / Manufacturer's brand:


Anforderungen / Requirements: EN10272 / ASTM A479 / ASTM A262-E / NACE MR0175 / AD2000-W2
für / for Gehäuse 5-fach Ventilblock 316/316L / Valve body 316/316L
020445
Werkstoff / Material: 1.4401/1.4404 / 316/316L
Erschmelzungsart / Melting process: E Vorlieferant / Supplier: Einsal
Schmelzen-Nr. / Heat no.: 284296 Kurzzeichen / Abbreviation of heat no.:
C Si Mn P S N Cr Mo Ni
% % % % % % % % % % % % %
0.019 0.61 1.45 0.026 0.02 0.032 16.5 2.01 10.5

Prüftemp.°C Streckgrenze/ Dehngrenze/Yield Zugfestigkeit/ Bruchdehnung/ Kerbschlagarbeit/ Härte/


/ Yield point strength Tensile strength Elongation Impact test Hardness
Test temp.°C
[N/mm²]
ReH [N/mm²] Rp 0,2% Rp 1,0% Rm [N/mm²] A5 % ISO-V (J) HB
20,00 479 639 42.40 187-187

Wärmebehandlung / Heat treatment: lösungsgeglüht 1050° und abgeschreckt / solution annealed 1050° and quenched
Besichtigung und Maßprüfung: ohne Beanstandung. / Visual inspection and control of dimension: without objection.
Beständig gegen interkristalline Korrosion ASTM A262 PR.E / Intergranular corrosion test without objection ASTM A262 PR.E
Verwechslungsprüfung wurde durchgeführt. / Material verification without objection.
Die gestellten Anforderungen sind erfüllt. / The requirements are fulfilled.
Prüfergebnisse, chemische und mechanische Werte wurden vom Vorlieferantenzeugnis übernommen.
Test results, chemical and mechanical data were taken over from our supplier's certificate.
Druckprobe nach EN 12266, P10 / P11 / P12: ohne Beanstandung / Pressure test acc. to EN 12266, P10 / P11 / P12: without
objection
Die o. g. Teile entsprechen NACE MR0175 / NACE MR0103 / ISO 15156 (aktuelle Ausgabe). / The above parts conform to
NACE MR0175 / NACE MR0103/ ISO 15156 (latest revision).
Die Verwechslungsprüfung wurde bei allen Rohmaterialien der mediumberührten Teile durchgeführt. / PMI done on all raw
materials of the wetted parts.
Brucheinschnürung / Reduction of area: 72%
Sachgemäße Umstempelung erfolgt mit Zustimmung des TÜV Süd Industrie Service vom 13.09.2016, Prüf-Nr. 600125424.
Appropriate re-stamping is carried out with the permission of the TÜV Süd of 13.09.2016, Test no. 600125424.
Stempelung/Marking
Schmelzen-Nr./Heat no.: 284296
Das Zeugnis wurde elektronisch erstellt und ist gemäss EN 10204 ohne Unterschrift gültig.
This certificate is computer-generated - according to EN 10204 - and is valid without signature.
Maximilian Heubach
.................................................................
Abnahmebeauftragter / Inspector
Armaturenfabrik Franz Schneider GmbH + Co. KG · Bahnhofplatz 12 · 74226 Nordheim/Germany
Tel. +49 7133 101-153 oder / or -253

Zeugnis-Nr. / Certificate no.: 19-01016


Abnahmeprüfzeugnis 3.1 EN 10204 Datum / Date: 25.01.2019/db
Inspection certificate 3.1 EN 10204 Blatt / Page: 2/2

Kunde / Customer: Yokogawa Electric Corporat Auftrags-Nr. / O/A no.: M095064


Tokyo,
Artikel / Part: 5-fach Ventilblock Artikel-Nr. / Part no.: 5WSA0-S4-NNPS2-NNNN
5 Valve Manifold Ident-Nr. / Ident no.:
Bestell-Nr. / Order no.: 4506609452 Teile-Nr. des Kunden / Part no. of customer:
C13ST-5WSA0-S4-NNPS2-NNNN/ Made in Germany
2005524545 YMA
vom / of 07.01.2019

Stückzahl / Quantity: 1 Stück / pcs. Werkstoff / Material: Edelstahl/st.st

Herstellerzeichen / Manufacturer's brand:

Anforderungen / Requirements: Prüfung EN 12266 - P11 / P12 / P10


Test according EN 12266 - P11 / P12 / P10

Prüfung EN 12266 - P11 / P12 / P10


Test according EN 12266 - P11 / P12 / P10

Kurzzeichen / Verfahren / Prüfdruck bei Raumtemperatur / Prüfmedium /


Abbreviation Procedure Test pressure at ambient Test medium
temperature
P10 / BA Festigkeit des drucktragenden Gehäuses 630 bar Wasser /
Shell strength ohne Beanstandung water
without objection
P11 / BQ Dichtheit des drucktragenden Gehäuses einschließlich 630 bar Wasser /
der Spindeldurchführung ohne Beanstandung water
Shell tightness without objection
P12 / BN Sitzdichtheit 462 bar Wasser /
Seat thightness ohne Beanstandung water
without objection

Seriennummern / serial numbers:

SC-01-19-ST469001

Die gestellten Anforderungen sind erfüllt. / The requirements are fulfilled.

Das Zeugnis wurde elektronisch erstellt und ist gemäss EN 10204 ohne Unterschrift gültig.
This certificate is computer-generated - according to EN 10204 - and is valid without signature.
Maximilian Heubach
.................................................................
Abnahmebeauftragter / Inspector
TEST / CALIBRATION REPORTS OF FLOW
ELEMENTS
Certificate No. Page
Zeugnis Nr. Seite
N° du certificat Page
404058/001 1(01)
INSPECTION CERTIFICATE 3.1 Date Datum Date
DIN EN 10204 3.1 07.09.2017
Delivery address, Empfänger, Lieu de livraison
HERNANDEZ EDELSTAHL GMBH HERNANDEZ EDELSTAHL GMBH
NEUSTADTER STR. 5 NEUSTADTER STR. 5
68766 HOCKENHEIM 68766 HOCKENHEIM
BR DEUTSCHLAND BR DEUTSCHLAND
Requirements, Anforderungen, Exigences Our Order No. Your order, Ihre Bestellung, Votre commande
Unser Auftrag Nr.
EN 10088-4:2009 Notre commande n° 100165 T7 WEEK 36
AD 2000 W2, W10 & EN 10028-7:2016 300445245
ASTM A240/A240M
ASME SA-240/SA-240M II A ED. 2015
Product, Erzeugnisform, Produit Mark of Manufacturer Process Inspector's stamp
Zeichen des Lieferwerkes
Signe de producteur
Erschmelzungsart
Mode de fusion
AOD Zeichen d. Sachverst.
Poicon de l'expert
SHEET , STAINLESS STEEL
Grade, Werkstoff, Nuance Tolerances Toleranzen, Tolérances

1.4404 1.4401 TYPE 316L EN ISO 9445-2


Marking, Kennzeichnung, Marquage Marks, Versandzeichen, Marques

1.4404 2B
Line Item Charge-test No. Size, Abmessungen, Dimensions Quantity Weight, Gewicht, Poids Finish
Reihe Position Schmelze-Probe Nr. Stückzahl Ausführung
Ligne Poste Coulée n° Nombre Fini
EN/ASTM

1 1 75102 2 3,0 X 1500 X 3000 MM 20 2152 KG 2B


14
0045-CPR-0567

Charge no. Chemical composition, Chemische Zusammensetzung, Composition chimiques


Schmelze Nr.
Coulée n° C Si Mn P S Cr Ni MO N
% % % % % % % % %
75102 0,016 0,47 0,90 0,031 0,001 17,3 10,0 2,02 0,033

Line Mechanical properties, Mechanische Eigenschaften, Caracteristiques mecaniques Tensile test, Zugversuch, Essai de traction
Reihe
Ligne Sample ID Rp0.2 Rp1.0 Rm A5 A50 Hardness ISO 6892-1:2009 A224
Proben ID MPa MPa MPa Härte,Duraté
Échantillon
% % % SAMPLES PERPENDICULAR TO
HBW THE ROLLING DIRECTION
1 01 298 333 602 58 52 161 APPROVED ACC.TO
02 297 335 604 58 52 158 AD2000-W0 WITH
VERIFICATION OF THE
UNIFORMITY OVER THE
STRIP LENGTH. CERTIFIED
ACC.TO PED 2014/68/EU BY
TÜV NORD REG. NO. 0045.
DOPS ACC. TO CPR
AVAILABLE ON THE WEB
PAGE BY STEEL NUMBER
Identity test, Verwechslungsprüfung, Controle d’identification OK
Sizes. Abmessungen, Dimensions
Surface, Oberfläche, Surface
Test of intergran. corros, Prüfung auf interkrist. Korros, Test de corros. intercrist.
OK
EN ISO 3651-2 A: OK OK
ASTM A240/A240M We certify that the above mentioned products comply with
ASME SA-240/SA-240M II A ED. 2015 the terms of the order contract.
TYPE 316 Wir bestätigen, dass die Lieferung den Vereinbarungen der
Bestellannahme entspricht.
EN 10088-2:2014/1.4404, 1.4401 Nous certifions ques les produits énumérés ci-dessus sont
NACE MR0103/ISO 17945 AND conformes aux prescriptions de la commande.
NACE MR0175/ISO 15156-1 / NACE MR0175/ISO 15156-3 This test certificate is made by controlled ADP-system
HEAT TREATMENT 1070 C and is valid without signature.
INTERGRANULAR CORROSION ASTM A262 PRACTICE E: OK Dieses Zeugnis wurde von einem überprüften Datenver-
arbeitungssystem erstellt und is ohne Unterschrift gültig.
Ce certificat a été établi par un systeme informatique
controlé et est valide sans signature.

Outokumpu Stainless Oy

Authorized inspector
Werkssachverständiger
PIRKKO JANNE
Inspecteur autorisé

FI-95490 Tornio, Finland


Tel. +358 16 4521,email certificate.tornio@outokumpu.com,
www.outokumpu.com
Domicile: Tornio, Finland. Business Identity Code 0823315-9
Certificate No. Page
Zeugnis Nr. Seite
N° du certificat Page
404058/001/D 1(01)
ABNAHMEPRUEFZEUGNIS 3.1 Date Datum Date
DIN EN 10204 3.1 07.09.2017
Delivery address, Empfänger, Lieu de livraison BESTELLER
HERNANDEZ EDELSTAHL GMBH HERNANDEZ EDELSTAHL GMBH
NEUSTADTER STR. 5 NEUSTADTER STR. 5
68766 HOCKENHEIM 68766 HOCKENHEIM
BR DEUTSCHLAND BR DEUTSCHLAND
Requirements, Anforderungen, Exigences Our Order No. Your order, Ihre Bestellung, Votre commande
Unser Auftrag Nr.
EN 10088-4:2009 Notre commande n° 100165 T7 WEEK 36
AD 2000 W2, W10 & EN 10028-7:2016 300445245
ASTM A240/A240M
ASME SA-240/SA-240M II A ED. 2015
Product, Erzeugnisform, Produit Mark of Manufacturer Process Inspector's stamp
Zeichen des Lieferwerkes
Signe de producteur
Erschmelzungsart
Mode de fusion
AOD Zeichen d. Sachverst.
Poicon de l'expert
BLECHE AUS BAND , NICHTROSTEND
Grade, Werkstoff, Nuance Tolerances Toleranzen, Tolérances

1.4404 1.4401 TYPE 316L EN ISO 9445-2


Marking, Kennzeichnung, Marquage Marks, Versandzeichen, Marques

1.4404 2B
Line Item Charge-test No. Size, Abmessungen, Dimensions Quantity Weight, Gewicht, Poids Finish
Reihe Position Schmelze-Probe Nr. Stückzahl Ausführung
Ligne Poste Coulée n° Nombre Fini
EN/ASTM

1 1 75102 2 3,0 X 1500 X 3000 MM 20 2152 KG 2B


14
0045-CPR-0567

Charge no. Chemical composition, Chemische Zusammensetzung, Composition chimiques


Schmelze Nr.
Coulée n° C Si Mn P S Cr Ni MO N
% % % % % % % % %
75102 0,016 0,47 0,90 0,031 0,001 17,3 10,0 2,02 0,033

Line Mechanical properties, Mechanische Eigenschaften, Caracteristiques mecaniques Tensile test, Zugversuch, Essai de traction
Reihe
Ligne Sample ID Rp0.2 Rp1.0 Rm A5 A50 Hardness ISO 6892-1:2009 A224
Proben ID MPa MPa MPa Härte,Duraté
Échantillon
% % % PROBEN QUER ZUR
HBW WALZRICHTUNG
1 01 298 333 602 58 52 161 ÜBERPRÜFT NACH AD2000-W0
02 297 335 604 58 52 158 MIT ÜBERPRÜFUNG DER
GLEICHMÄSSIGKEIT
ÜBER DIE BANDLÄNGE.
ZERTIFIZIERT NACH
DGRL 2014/68/EU DURCH
TÜV NORD KENN-NR. 0045.
LEISTUNGSERKLÄRUNG NACH
CPR AUF DER WEB-SEITE
NACH WERKSTOFF-NR.
Identity test, Verwechslungsprüfung, Controle d’identification O.B.
Sizes. Abmessungen, Dimensions
Surface, Oberfläche, Surface
Test of intergran. corros, Prüfung auf interkrist. Korros, Test de corros. intercrist.
O.B.
EN ISO 3651-2 A: GENUEGEND O.B.
ASTM A240/A240M We certify that the above mentioned products comply with
ASME SA-240/SA-240M II A ED. 2015 the terms of the order contract.
TYPE 316 Wir bestätigen, dass die Lieferung den Vereinbarungen der
Bestellannahme entspricht.
EN 10088-2:2014/1.4404, 1.4401 Nous certifions ques les produits énumérés ci-dessus sont
NACE MR0103/ISO 17945 AND conformes aux prescriptions de la commande.
NACE MR0175/ISO 15156-1 / NACE MR0175/ISO 15156-3 This test certificate is made by controlled ADP-system
HEAT TREATMENT 1070 C and is valid without signature.
INTERGRANULAR CORROSION ASTM A262 PRACTICE E: OK Dieses Zeugnis wurde von einem überprüften Datenver-
arbeitungssystem erstellt und is ohne Unterschrift gültig.
Ce certificat a été établi par un systeme informatique
controlé et est valide sans signature.

Outokumpu Stainless Oy

Authorized inspector
Werkssachverständiger
PIRKKO JANNE
Inspecteur autorisé

FI-95490 Tornio, Finland


Tel. +358 16 4521,email certificate.tornio@outokumpu.com,
www.outokumpu.com
Domicile: Tornio, Finland. Business Identity Code 0823315-9
Certificate No. Page
Zeugnis Nr. Seite
N° du certificat Page
404058/001/F 1(01)
CERTIFICAT DE RECEPTION 3.1 Date Datum Date
DIN EN 10204 3.1 07.09.2017
Delivery address, Empfänger, Lieu de livraison
HERNANDEZ EDELSTAHL GMBH HERNANDEZ EDELSTAHL GMBH
NEUSTADTER STR. 5 NEUSTADTER STR. 5
68766 HOCKENHEIM 68766 HOCKENHEIM
BR DEUTSCHLAND BR DEUTSCHLAND
Requirements, Anforderungen, Exigences Our Order No. Your order, Ihre Bestellung, Votre commande
Unser Auftrag Nr.
EN 10088-4:2009 Notre commande n° 100165 T7 WEEK 36
AD 2000 W2, W10 & EN 10028-7:2016 300445245
ASTM A240/A240M
ASME SA-240/SA-240M II A ED. 2015
Product, Erzeugnisform, Produit Mark of Manufacturer Process Inspector's stamp
Zeichen des Lieferwerkes
Signe de producteur
Erschmelzungsart
Mode de fusion
AOD Zeichen d. Sachverst.
Poicon de l'expert
TOLE , ACIER INOXYDABLE
Grade, Werkstoff, Nuance Tolerances Toleranzen, Tolérances

1.4404 1.4401 TYPE 316L EN ISO 9445-2


Marking, Kennzeichnung, Marquage Marks, Versandzeichen, Marques

1.4404 2B
Line Item Charge-test No. Size, Abmessungen, Dimensions Quantity Weight, Gewicht, Poids Finish
Reihe Position Schmelze-Probe Nr. Stückzahl Ausführung
Ligne Poste Coulée n° Nombre Fini
EN/ASTM

1 1 75102 2 3,0 X 1500 X 3000 MM 20 2152 KG 2B


14
0045-CPR-0567

Charge no. Chemical composition, Chemische Zusammensetzung, Composition chimiques


Schmelze Nr.
Coulée n° C Si Mn P S Cr Ni MO N
% % % % % % % % %
75102 0,016 0,47 0,90 0,031 0,001 17,3 10,0 2,02 0,033

Line Mechanical properties, Mechanische Eigenschaften, Caracteristiques mecaniques Tensile test, Zugversuch, Essai de traction
Reihe
Ligne Sample ID Rp0.2 Rp1.0 Rm A5 A50 Hardness ISO 6892-1:2009 A224
Proben ID MPa MPa MPa Härte,Duraté
Échantillon
% % % PERPENDICULAIREMENT A LA
HBW DIRECTION DU LAMINAGE
1 01 298 333 602 58 52 161 APPROUVE SELON AD2000-W0
02 297 335 604 58 52 158 AVEC LA VERIFICATION DE
L'HOMOGENEITE SUR LA
LONGUEUR DE LA BOBINE.
CERTIFIE SUIVANT DESP
2014/68/UE PAR TÜV NORD
ENREGISTREMENT NO. 0045.
DDPS SELON RPC
DISPONIBLES SUR LA PAGE
WEB EN NUANCE
Identity test, Verwechslungsprüfung, Controle d’identification O.B.
Sizes. Abmessungen, Dimensions
Surface, Oberfläche, Surface
Test of intergran. corros, Prüfung auf interkrist. Korros, Test de corros. intercrist.
O.B.
EN ISO 3651-2 A: CONFORME O.B.
ASTM A240/A240M We certify that the above mentioned products comply with
ASME SA-240/SA-240M II A ED. 2015 the terms of the order contract.
TYPE 316 Wir bestätigen, dass die Lieferung den Vereinbarungen der
Bestellannahme entspricht.
EN 10088-2:2014/1.4404, 1.4401 Nous certifions ques les produits énumérés ci-dessus sont
NACE MR0103/ISO 17945 AND conformes aux prescriptions de la commande.
NACE MR0175/ISO 15156-1 / NACE MR0175/ISO 15156-3 This test certificate is made by controlled ADP-system
HEAT TREATMENT 1070 C and is valid without signature.
INTERGRANULAR CORROSION ASTM A262 PRACTICE E: OK Dieses Zeugnis wurde von einem überprüften Datenver-
arbeitungssystem erstellt und is ohne Unterschrift gültig.
Ce certificat a été établi par un systeme informatique
controlé et est valide sans signature.

Outokumpu Stainless Oy

Authorized inspector
Werkssachverständiger
PIRKKO JANNE
Inspecteur autorisé

FI-95490 Tornio, Finland


Tel. +358 16 4521,email certificate.tornio@outokumpu.com,
www.outokumpu.com
Domicile: Tornio, Finland. Business Identity Code 0823315-9
IA FLOW ELEMENTS PRIVATE LIMITED
2c,Q, New No. 57, South Ph as e, 3 m Main Road, Industrial Estate, Ambattur, C hennai 1503 058. INDIA
+91 4421524 5758, 2525 6375 Email — info[ iaflowo.com Website immiv.iaflovikcom

RESTRICTION ORIFICE PLATE - FINAL INSPECTION REPORT

Customer : M/s. YOKOGAWA Report No : IAFE/152/18-19/FIR/01

P.O No : 4506671992 Dated : 27.01.2019 Report Date : 01/02/2019

Size : 6" 300# Tag No : 064 -FO -5000

Plate Material : ASTM A240 TP 316L Plate Heat No : 1806J0419

Drawing No : D-T-181111

All dimensions are in mm

RESTRICTION TYPE ORIFICE PLATE

AS Per Drawing /
Parameters Actual Dimension
S TD

Plate OD '0' 0250.0 ± 0.4 0249.80

Bore Diameter 'd' 074.13 ± 0.1 074.08

'Do' Value 0154.1 ± 1 0154.90

Plate Thickness 'N' 15.0 ± 1.5 15.48

Handle Length 'S' 120 ± 1 119.32

Handle Width 'P' 40 ± 1 39.84 •

Handle Thickness 'T' 6±1 5.94

Note : 1. Plate finish conform to the requirements of Approved drawing.

INSPECTED BY APPROVED BY
MILL TEST CERTIFICATE
EL.,te1i
D A.
Nk STAINLES I S
(INSPECTION CERTIFICATE)
In Accordance with EN 10204:2004-TYPE 3.1cm.9100015395

CUSTOMER SHREE VENKTESH WIRES & STEELS PVT.L CERTIFICATE NO :JSHL-HRD/QA/2018-191DOM/0047 1005

CITY MUMBA1 DATE :22.08.2018



R0 Nd. :Auction-Jshl:FA 186 PO DATE:18.08.2018 VEHICLE No. :RJ060B-11 I 1

SALES ORDER NO 3100084910 SO DATE:18 08.2018 NET WT(MT) :3.416

SHIRNIENVDELIVERN NO :1 100457436 DATE: 22.08.2018

Material Description/Product Material Specifications Process-Route Dimension Tolerance specificarum


STAINLESS STEEL HOT ROLLED SHOT BLASTED ASME SA 240/SA 240M,SEC 11 PART A, ED.2017/ASTM A As per OAIRO Agreement
SO1 i TIOs. ANisr ALED & PICKLED PLATES
SOI. 240/A 240M,ED 2017, IS 6911-2017 EAF-A0D-LRF-CCS

PHYSTCAE DESCRIVE ION


SR 13A1CH NO IIRCIPLATE PKT/PALEET WEIGHT NO HEAT, NO GRADE. THK WIDTH LEND III FINISH EDGE Q LA LI 1)
NO NO. NO I (MT) 1 OF (mm) (mm) (mm)
PCS
I 1804913 1804913 231,868 1.428 1 180630423 3161/316 25.00 1,250.00 5,500 NI ME PRIME
1804667 1804667 231,868 0.740 1 180610422 316U316 14.00 1,250.00
, 5,500 NI ME PR 1M [.,
1804657 180'4657 231.868 0.662 I 180610423 5 13161/316 1 ' 4.00 1,250.00 4,500 NI ME PRIME
. 1 1804687 1804687 231,868 0.586 1 180610419 V 316L/316 16.00 7 1,250.00 3,500 NI TE PRIME
1

CH EMICA L ANALYSIS (LADLE)

SR HEAT NO GRADE C 1 X. n '%, S Si ll C N103/4 Ca n/0 T


NO. •
1806.10423 316L/316 0.023 1.24 0.004 0.043 0.19 10.05 16.33 0.050 2.02
2 1806J0422 316L/316 0.022 1.28 0.003 0.042 0.28 10.05 16.31 0.049 2.05
1806.10423 3161,13 IC (1.023 1.24 0.004 0.043 0.19 10.05 16.33 0.050 2.02
4. 1806J0419 3161/316 0.022 „/ 1.27 / 0.004 0.041 0.23 10.06 16.31' 0.042 2.03

Itp 1.0 (I) Material solution annealed in accordance w ith requirements as laid in ASME SA 4801,6.4
Na
hatch
Na.
Thk
min I Rp 0.0/
VS
MPA
MPA
Rot/
TS
M PA
%EL
A SO
%EL
gar
u un
Hardness
BHN
Bend
Test ASTM A 48(1/A 480M .(Table A 1.2, heat treatment requirements).
111M 180°
solution annealed at temperature 1050 ° C minimum and follorsed by water quenching

I 1804913 25. 00 275 552 61 150 / 147 (2) Tot as:per Jindal Product Standard(Width +30mm/ -Omin, Length +50 nun/-Omm

Up To I Omrn & + 100mrn/ -Omm above 10mm).


1804667 14.00 281 573 58 160 / 156

1804657 14.00 280 571 58 160 / 16.T.-


/ L'
1 PO468 , 10 00 77; 4 on ' nn 1 en/ , A -7

275" 556 Co ico/M7

Thematerial supplied under this Tan Certificate is free front any rachoactive CA/M:1111i m eked by prOcedores decor
Jindal Ste tales 111itatoLimited as peethe recommendations provided by AERI3

Jin.dal Stainless (Hisar) Limited This is hereby certified that the material was QMS:150 9001-2015 For lindanStairless (Hisar) Limited
O.P. Jindal Marg, HISAR-125005. INDIA manufactured, sampled, tested & inspected in EM5150 14001-2015
accordance with requirements of the OHSAS:31001 - 2007
TEL : +91-1662-222471 - 83
material specification, SO/PO and has been CERTIFIED COMPANY
FAX +91-1662-220496, 220476 . . anal tvfirhr.. t.t.- •

AUTHORISED So.. NA :ti c,


'Dram No. UAD'35/F - 1 Rev. N0.03 Eff.Date: 01.11.2015 (QUALITY ASSURANCE DEPT.)
Any unauthorised usage alibis Test Certificate will warrant Legal Action.
MICROLAB
AN IS/ISO/IEC 17025 METALLURGICAL TEST HOUSE

, Accredited by NABL, Dept. of Science & Technology, Govt. of India.


SP101, 2nd Main Road, Ambattur Industrial Estate, Chennai - 600 058. Ph : 044 2624 2525, Fax : 044 2624 4872
TC-6815
cre@microlabchennai.com , Web : www.microlabchennai.com

ULR - TC681518000000184F

TEST REPORT

Customer : Report No / Date ML/20429/1/18-19 Dt-28 Sep 2018

M/s.IA Flow Elements Pvt Ltd Your ref./ Date SI No: 65 - 09/18 - 19 Dt - 24 Sep 2018
2C/9 (New 57), South Phase, 3rd Main Road.
Our ref./ Date TOCR :20429/18-19 Dt. 24 Sep 2018
Industrial Estate, Ambattur,
Chennai -600058 Date of Testing 25 Sep 2018-27 Sep 2018

Sample Drawn By Customer

Sample Description Plate (350mm X 50mm X 16mm Thk)


Sample Size: 1250mm X 3500mm X 16mm Thk
Material: SS 316L (NACE MR 0175/MR 0103)
Heat No: 1806J0419
Qty: 1No

1 Chemical Analysis (FeN) ASTM E1086-2014, MLNAL/Fe/2013-2014

Test Parameters Observation

Carbon (C) (%) 0.021

Silicon (Si) (%) 0.176

Manganese (Mn) (%) 1.25

Phosphorus (P) (%) 0.043

Sulphur (S) (%) 0.002

Chromium (Cr) (%) 16.52

Molybdenum (Mo) (%) 2.21

Nickel (Ni) (%) 10.16

Nitrogen (N) (%) 0.059


Ni+2Mo 14.58
PREN 24.76
Remarks : The above chemical composition MEETS the requirement of ASTM A240 Type 316L (UNS S31603)/NACE MR 0175/MR 0103

2 Rockwell Hardness Test ASTM E18-2016


Test Parameters Specified Value Observation
Observed Values (HRB) 22 (HRC) max 77, 78, 78
Remarks : The above Hardness values MEETS the requirement of NACE MR0103 / MR0175/ISO 15156 Part 3 ED2015.

3 Micro Examination ASTM E407-2007 (RA 2015 el), ASM Metals Hand Book
Vol.9-2004

Test Conditions tA t AI Value


4.0
Mag/Etchant 200x/10% Oxalic Acid Electro Etched
1 fie v, e

NOTE. This report relates only to the particular sample submitte orrection date this report• Samples will be destroyed after 15 days
from date of completion of tests unless informed by the plaints ab 4 . uld be communicated in writing with in 7 days form the date of
receipt of report. This report cannot be reproduced except i 'piton is given a ed by the customer. Sampling is notcanied out by the laboratory.

Format No :ML/5.10/AEWIR/01
Page 1 of 2
MICROLAB
AN IS/ISO/IEC 17025 METALLURGICAL TEST HOUSE

' Accredited by NABL, Dept. of Science & Technology, Govt. of India.


' 513 101, 2nd Main Road, Ambattur Industrial Estate, Chennai - 600 058. Ph : 044 2624 2525, Fax : 044 2624 4872
E mail : cre@microlabchennai.com , Web : www.microlabchennai.com TC-6815

ULR - TC681518000000184F
ML/20429/1/18-19 Dt-28 Sep 2018

Test Parameters Observation

Observation Micro examination of the specimen


revealed step between the grains with
annealed twin boundaries present in the
austenitic matrix. Solution annealing
satisfactory.

Photo The Micro photograph is exhibited in


Annexure —A.

Remarks : Microstructure meets the requirement of NACE MR 0175/ISO 15156 Part-3 & NACE MR0103.
4 Ferrite Percentage Measurement ASTM A800/A800M-2014, AWS SFA 5.4-2015
(Ferritoscope)*

Test Parameters Observation

Observation (%) 1 3, 1 2 1 1, 1 3, 1 2, 1.3

Verified By :
*Test reference does not cover in our NABL scone
End of the test report
For MICROLAB

S R Balasubramaniam-M.E., (Met. Engg)


Authorized Signatory

NOTE : This report relates only to the particular sample submitted for test • Any correction in the report will invalidate this report• Samples will be destroyed after 15 days
from date of completion of tests unless informed by the customer • Any complaints about this report should be communicated In writing with in 7 days form the date of
receipt of report. This report cannot be reproduced except in full • Sample description is given as described by the customer. Sampling is not camed out by the laboratory.

Format No :MLJ5.10/AD/TR/01
Page 2 of 2
MICROLAB
AN ISO/IEC 17025:2005 METALLURGICAL TEST HOUSE
Accredited by NAIR., Dept. of Science & Technology , Govt. of India.
• SP 101, 2 nd Main Road, Ambattur Industrial Estate, Chennai — 600 058.
Phone: 044 2624 2525, Fax: 044 2624 4872.
Email: cre@microiabchennai.com, web: www.microlabchenna..com TC-61115
ULR - TC681500000184F

ANNEXTURE-A (Photograph)
SUPPLEMENT TO TEST REPORT-TR. No:ML/20429/1/18-19 / Dt: 28 Sep 2018
Micro Examination

Mag: 200x

CONCLUDED

For MICROLAB

S R Balasubramaniam-M.E., (Met. Engg)


Authorized Signatory

Note: -eates or, to a parba.a . sarpe EAteltlec ly test • Arly correction in Ihe report woe naktale lea report • Swipe MI De oestroyeo arse- 15 ae,s "tom tre Date or ccepetscr or
teStG sieSS nurnec v. tre o...staree. • Ar.. ocrvaris mai ins report *nom be ccinruloileC rnyrtIng Wei 7 days d tee eALe VD% repcits WM% smart carnet rep-ca.,xv €9»ept r 1.$ •
sa,oe cescroces ts per as cesc-nec 7r ti e ctstorne-s • Sarrarg s net carrleci at by ne tabaralm
Format No: Mid5 10140/11,4•1
Page 1 of 1
MICROLAB
AN IS/ISO/IEC 17025 METALLURGICAL TEST HOUSE

Accredited by NABL, Dept. of Science & Technology, Govt. of India.


SP101, 2nd Main Road, Arobattur Industrial Estate, Chennai - 600 058. Ph : 044 2624 2525, Fax : 044 2624 4872
E-mail : cregmicrolabchennai.com , Web : www.microlabchennai.com TC-6815

ULR - TC681518000000936F

TEST REPORT
Customer - Report No / Date ML/21124/1/18-19 Dt-04 Oct 2018
M/s.lA Flow Elements Pvt Ltd Your ref./ Date SI No: 65-09/18-19 Dt-28 Sep 2018
2C/9 (New 57), South Phase, 3rd Main Road,
Industrial Estate, Ambattur, Our ref./ Date TOCR - 21124/18-19 Dt: 28 Sep 2018
Chennai -600058 Date of Testing 03 Oct 2018 - 04 Oct 2018

Sample Drawn By Customer


Sample Description Plate (350mm X 50mm X 16mm Thk)
Sample Size: 1250mm X 3500mm X 16mm Thk
Material: SS 316L (NACE MR 0175/MR 0103)
Heat No: 1806J0419
Qty: 1No

1 lntergranular Corrosion Test (Practice - E) ASTM A262-2015


Test Conditions Value
Sensitization Temp (Degree celcius) Specimen was sensitized at 675 °C for 1
hour

Test Solution Copper — Copper Sulfate — 16% Sulfuric


Acid

Duration of Test (Hours) 15 Hours


Test Parameters Observation

Size (mm) 109.80L x 19.90W x 9.88 Thick

Total Surface Area of the specimen (cm2) 69.3291


Start of Boiling (dd/mm/yy) 03.10.2018 (6:00 pm)
End of Boiling (dd/mm/yy) 04.10.2018 (9:00 am)
Bend Test 1T / 180 Degree

Evaluation No Cracks and IG Fissures Observed at


20x Magnification.

Photo graphs The macro photograph is exhibited in


Annexure — A

Remarks : Test Found Satisfactory

Verified By :
End of the test report
For MICROLAB
____- -
er-'1,..
--cc
.„---- 4.__ ty)----CA---
K Mathankumar-HEAD Corrosion s.
49
Authorized Signatory

NOTE : This report relates only to the particular sample submitted for test • Any correction in the report will invalidate this report. Samples will be destroyed after 15 days
from date of completion of tests unless informed by the customer • Any complaints about this report should be communicated in writing with in 7 days form the date of
receipt of report. This report cannot be reproduced except in full. Sample description is given as described by the customer • Sampling is not carried out by the laboratory.

Format No :ML/5.10/AD/TR/01
Page 1 of 1
MICROLAB
AN IS/ISO/IEC 17025 METALLURGICAL SERVICES

Accredited by NABL, Dept. of Science & Technology, Govt. of India.


SP 101, 2" Main Road, Ambattur Industrial Estate, Chennai
600 058. -

Phone: 044 2624 2525, Fax: 044 2624 4872. TC - 6815


Email: cre@microlabchennai.com,web: www.microlabchennai.com

ULR-TC681518000000936

Page 1 of 1

ANNEXURE -A

Supplement to the test Report No: ML/21124/1/18-19 / Dt: 04.10.2018

Macro Photograph

41‘iff ril4r
' .
,-1
1111rer-.-00EP -
xr- riv „
apt0 ;

,
,,. -4w -
Mkt
- . -..10.' *ft ° kr .. •
,*
4'."4.. • 14 !ie. !. "IP' .. ,•-• ., - - • "r-• . -.',. ,i0'..
; • '... ''''

• 11.'311°",;' .t -,. 7 J''''... . 1110, . .,.V '!".-' _, -


-.
... _ ,,,,... ,...,, ...St
*. • .-
" N 4.0 .1**---ir: ••w --
al. • ' INPI•
ft. ° t.10.•
,. 4. -
' . 0 1.i" Ze•-• - '. • ,,,
....;••':•..-

-.3 ..k •-

.*.w... ar. •
• ..,4! * .....
''' • 0,00. r, '
Ir
- " . '' - 41■116..6.
ir. r.; . .• ' - * ' -,.:, ' ' ....."-
- 7.-- -• ---, -:

Mag: 20x

CONCLUDE
For MICROLAB

K Mathankumar-HEAD Corrosion
Authorized Signatory

Note: This report relates only to the particular sample submitted for test Is Any correction in the report will invalidate this report Is Sample will be destroyed after 15
days from the date of completion of tests unless informed by the customer Is Any complaints about this report should be communicated in writing within 7 days of the issue of this

reportk This report cannot reproduced except in full k5ample descriptions is given as described by the customers kSam piing is not carried out by the laboratory.
Format No: ML/5.10/AD/TR/01
* MICROLAB
AN IS/ISO/IEC 17025 METALLURGICAL TEST HOUSE

Accredited by NABL, Dept. of Science & Technology, Govt. of India.


SP101, 2nd Main Road, Ambattur Industrial Estate, Chennai - 600 058. Ph : 044 2624 2525, Fax : 044 2624 4872
TC-8815
E-mail : cre@microlabchennai.com , Web : www.microlabchennai.com

ULR - TC681519000002142F

TEST REPORT

Customer : Report No / Date ML/36184/1/18-19 Dt-04 Feb 2019

M/s.lA Flow Elements Pvt Ltd Your ref./ Date Letter Dt-02 Feb 2019
2C/9 (New 57), South Phase, 3rd Main Road,
Our ref./ Date TOCR :36184/18-19 Dt: 02 Feb 2019
Industrial Estate, Ambattur,
Chennai -600058 Date of Testing 04 Feb 2019

Sample Drawn By Customer

Sample Description 6 Inch 300 # Restriction Orifice Plate


Tag No: 064-FO-5000
Heat No: 1806J0419
Qty: 1No

1 Chemical Analysis (Fe) ASTM E1086-2014

Test Parameters Specified Value Observation

Carbon (C) (%) 0.03 max 0.028

Silicon (Si) (`)/0) 1.00 max 0.185

Manganese (Mn) (%) 2.00 max 1.27

Phosphorus (P) (%) 0.045 max 0.042

Sulphur (S) (%) 0.030 max 0.002

Chromium (Cr) (%) 16.00-18.00 16.57


Molybdenum (Mo) (%) 2.00-3.00 2.03

Nickel (Ni) (%) 10.00-14.00 10.21

Remarks : The above chemical composition MEETS the requirement of AISI SS 316L

Verified By : T K Murugan

End of the test report


For MICROLAB

PL Saravanan-Quality Manager
Authorized Signatory

NOTE: This report relates only to the particular sample submitted for test • Any correction in the report will invalidate this report • Samples will be destroyed after 15 days
from date of completion of tests unless informed by the customer • Any complaints about this report should be communicated in writing with in 7 days form the date of
receipt of report. This report cannot be reproduced except in full. Sample description is given as described by the customer. Sampling is
not carved out by the laboratory.

Format No :M L/5.1 0/AD/T R/01


Page 1 of 1
Intra-Automation GmbH 1/4
Otto-Hahn-Str. 20
41515 Grevenbroich

Kunde / Client: Yokogawa Middle East & Africa B.S.C.(c)

Bestell-Nr. / PO-no.: 4505551471

Auftrag Nr. / WO-no.: 1810/69265

Typ / Type: BLS-100

TAG-Nr. / TAG-no.: 064-F0-5000

Serien-Nr. / Serial-no.: 180702757

Bezeichnung / Werkstoff / Charge / Zeugn./


Description Material Heat-no. Cert. no.
1. sheet 1.4404 644147 01

1 2. orifice plate 1.4404 T4HH 02

Intra-Automation GmbH
WERKSTOFFÜBERSICHT / MATERIAL GENERAL OVERVIEW
Meß- und Regelinstrumente
EN 10204 3.1
Otto-Hahn-Straße 20 09.10.2018
Datum / Date:

Tel. 0 21 81 / 7 56 65-0 Fax 0 21 81 / 6 44 92


geprüft durch / checked by:
41545 Grevenbroich

erstellt durch
1810-69265-3.1 Georg Steckelbruck Stand: 21.07.2017
TEST REPORT BL: 0198555 - 2
RELEVE DE CONTROLE
WERKSZEUGNIS Date: 25/08/2017

Aperam Stainless Services & Solutions Germany GmbH According to / Selon / Nachdem
EN 10204
Hildenerstr.28
40699 Erkrath

Tel: 02065/9466-0
Fax: 02065/9466-290

Manufact. / Product. /Herstell. Item / Article / Produkt


APERAM STAINLESS S.ETS.INTERNATIONAL
Supplier Lot / Lot Fourn. / Band Nr BLECHE WN 4404 1D OHNE PAPIER 5,0 X 1500,0 X 3000,0 GESTEMPELT
64414735
Heat N° / N° de coulée / Schmelz Nr Customer / Client / Kunde
644147 KLOECKNER ET CO. DEUTSCHLAND GMBH
Steel Designation / Désignation Acier / Stahlbezeichnung Order / Commande / Order
EN 10028-7 WNR 1.4404/1.4401 708802598 - 02
EN 10088-2 WNR 1.4404/1.4401
ASTM A 240(M) TYPE 316L/316 Reference / Référence / Referenz
ASME SA 240 TYPE 316L/316 4500961924 - 21.08

AD 2000 W2 -- AD 2000 W10 -- PED 2014/68/EU


Mill Certificate / N° de Certificats / Prüfzeugnis Nr
17K0031607

Chemical Analysis / Analyse Chimique / Chemische Zusammensetzung


C Si Mn Ni Cr Mo Ti N S P Cu Al
Cast Analysis
Analyse Coulée
Analyse
0,023 0,47 1,3 10,04 16,59 2,01 0,032 0,002 0,033

Mechanical Properties / Propriétés Mécaniques / Mechanische Werte EN 10002-1

Yield strength Tensile strength Elongation after fracture (A) Hardness


Limite D'élasticité Résistance à la traction Allongement après rupture Dureté
Dehngrenze MPA Zugfestigkeit MPA Bruchdehnung % Haerte
%

Rp 0.2 % Rp 1% Rm A5 50 mm HRB DDQ

295 605 51 87,8 48

Material identification / Identification Matière / Identifizierung Sachgebiet

Lot Nr Weight Lot Nr Weight Lot Nr Weight Lot Nr Weight


N° Lot Poids N° Lot Poids N° Lot Poids N° Lot Poids
Los Nr Gewicht Los Nr Gewicht Los Nr Gewicht Los Nr Gewicht

Kg Kg Kg Kg

6223930 535

Number of lots / Nombre de lots / Bunde Anzahl : 1

Total weight / Poids Total / Gesamt Gewicht [Kg] : 535


A04 N-Nr-N 17K0031607-01 V01 A03
MILL CERTIFICATE BS EN 10204/3.1
CERTIFICAT DE RECEPTION NF EN 10204/3.1
ABNAHMEPRUEFZEUGNIS DIN EN 10204/3.1
A02
Certified acc.PED 2014/68/EC Annex I § 4.3 by Certification Body 0036 of TUV SUD
Correspondentieadres: Industrie Service GmbH with cert.No.:314/2007/MUC.Renounced of counter signature
Aperam Genk
agreed byTÜV SÜD (9/5/2007).Approved acc.AD 2000-Merkblatt W0/TRD 100 by
Swinnenwijerweg 5, Poort Genk 7523
3600 Genk, Belgium TÜV SÜD Industrie Service GmbH.Confirmation letter from TÜVSÜD Industrie Service
Tel. +32 (0)89 30 21 11 GmbH of 07/05/2010 about the uniformity of coils acc.AD2000 W2 §4.1.1

A01 Tech.Req.:AD 2000 W2 -- AD 2000 W10 -- EN 13445-2


Z05
Manufacturer's works order number Surveyor's mark Purchaser and/or consignee Purchaser's order number
N° de la commande usine productrice Cachet de l'expert Client et/ou destinataire N° de commande client
Werksauftragsnummer Stempel des Besteller und/oder Empfaenger Kundenbestellnummer
80392234/01-20733/420/01 Werkssachverstaendigen 707752055
A08 Z03 APERAM SS&S GERMANY A07
Product - Produit - Erzeugnis Hildener Strasse 28 Customer article number
COILS, HOT ROLLED, ANNEALED AND PICKLED N.article client
COILS, LAMINE A CHAUD, RECUITS + DECAPE 40699 Erkrath Artikelnummer des Kunden
COILS, WARMGEWALZT, GEGLUEHT UND GEBEIZT DEUTSCHLAND ART302822
B01 A06 A09
Steel designation B02 Finish Steelmaking process C70 Product delivery condition
Désignation de l'acier Présentation Mode d'élaboration de l'acier - Stahlherstellungverfahren Etat de livraison du produit - Lieferzustand
Stahlbezeichnung Ausfuehrung Prod.proces: Electric arc furnace - VOD/AOD - Continuous casting
Proc.fabric.: Four à arc - VOD/AOD - Coulée continue Solution treated:
EN 10028-7-2016 1.4404 / 1.4401 1D Fertigungsablauf: Elektro-Ofen - VOD/AOD - Stranggussanlage Hypertrempe: 1050 °C
EN 10088-2-2014 1.4404 / 1.4401 1D
ASTM A 240-2016 TYPE 316L / 316 NO 1 Any supplementary requirements B03 Loesungsgegl+abgeschreckt:
ASME SA 240-2015 TYPE 316L / 316 NO 1 Prescriptions supplémentaires - Zusätzliche Anforderungen Forced air-water/air forcé-eau
EN 10088-4-2009 1.4404 / 1.4401 1D Geblaese Luft-Wasser B04
ASME-CODE SECT.2 PART A // NACE MR 0175 / ISO 15156-1 / ISO 15156-3 -- NACE MR 0103 // ASTM A480 / A480M -- ASME SA480 /SA480M // CORR. TEST: ASTM
A262-E: OK // CORROSION INTERGRANULAIRE SELON ISO 3651/2:OK

Z06
Identification of the product B07 Dimensions Number of pieces B08
Identification du produit - Identifizierung des Erzeugnisses Dimensions - Abmessungen Nb de pièces - Stueckzahl 1
MELTED IN BELGIUM, MADE IN BELGIUM
Thickness B09 Width B10 Length B11
Coil n. Heat n. Epaisseur - Staerke Largeur - Breite Longueur - Laenge Net weight B13
N.Bobine - Band Nr. N.Coulée - Schmelz Nr. 5.00 mm 1500.00 mm Poids net - netto Gewicht 11370 KG
64414735 644147
CHEMICAL ANALYSIS - ANALYSE CHIMIQUE - CHEMISCHE ZUSAMMENSETZUNG
C Si Mn Ni Cr Mo Ti N S P Co
Required -Exigé %mini 10.00 16.50 2.00
Anforderung. %maxi 0.030 0.75 2.00 13.00 18.00 2.50 0.100 0.015 0.045

Cast Analysis 0.023 0.47 1.30 10.04 16.59 2.01 0.032 0.002 0.033 0.202
Analyse coulee
Analyse Schmelze
C71 C72 C73 C74 C75 C76 C77 C78 C79 C80 C81 C82 C83 C84 C85 C86
Positive material identification carried out : OK D52
Tests de vérification de la conformité de la nuance fournie : OK
Verwechslungpruefung wurde durchgefuehrt : OK
C04 C93
Location (1) MECHANICAL PROPERTIES - PROPRIETES MECANIQUES - MECHANISCHE WERTE EN ISO 6892-1 B / A-SA 370 C20
Room temperature - Température ambiante - Raumtemperatur Test temperature (°C) : C03
Direction (2) Yield or proof strength Tensile Strength Elongation after fracture Hardness Yield or proof strength Tensile str. Elongation %
Limite d'élasticité Résistance à la traction Allongement après rupt. Dureté Limite d'élasticité Résist. MPa Allongement.
Required
Dehngrenze MPa Zugfestigkeit MPa Bruchdehnung % Haerte Dehngrenze MPa Zugfestigkeit Bruchdehnung
Exigé
Anforderung Rp0.2% Rp1% Rm A5 50mm HRBW Rp0.2% Rp1% Rm A5
mini 220 260 530 40 40
maxi 680 95
1 T Obtained 295 332 605 51 51 88
Obtenu
2 Ergebnisse 89
C11 C14 C12 C13 C15 C31 C16 C17 C18 C19
Impact strength test Corrosion test E0.2(T)/R(T)
Essai de résilience Test de corrosion %
Kerbschlagzaehigkeitstest Korrosionstest
C40 t(°c) C44 48
EN ISO 3651/2 - A:OK C50 C51 C52 C53 C54 C55 C05
C42 D51 Internal cleanliness: A: B: C: D: C57
Location of the sample (1) The delivery is in accordance with the order Organisation inspection
Emplacement de l'échantillon La fourniture est conforme aux exigences de la commande Organisme et/ou service contrôle
Lage des Probenabschnittes Die lieferung entspricht den Bestellbedingungen Z01 Ueberwachungsabteilung A05
1. Front - Début - Anfang Packing list
2. Back - Fin - Ende Quality Department
Avis d'expédition 2017043320-100055
3. Middle - Milieu - Mitte A10
C01 LieferscheinNummer
Direction of the test pieces (2) Marking, inspection and measurement : without objection 7/7/2017
Orientation des éprouvettes Contrôle de marquage, d'aspect et de dimensions : satisfaisants
Probenrichtung Pruefung der Stempelung, des Oberflaechenaspekts und der The inspector
T. Transverse - Travers - Quer Abmessungen : ohne Beanstandung Le responsable
L. Longitudinal - Long - Laengs
C02 D01 Der Werkssachverstaendige Z02

ZSQ701 - PS5
ACERINOX
EUROPA Abnahmeprüfzeugnis
FABRICA DEL CAMPO DE
GIBRALTAR
PALMONES (LOS BARRIOS)
INSPECTION CERTIFICATE
TFNO. (34) - 956 62 93 00
FAX (34) - 956 62 93 11 Prüf - Nr. 53 2018 4967 10001 E
P.O. BOX 83 Inspection No.
11370 LOS BARRIOS (CADIZ)
ESPAÑA
ACCORDING TO
NACH
EN 10204 3.1
"Zustimmungsschreiben des TÜV Baden vom 21, Februar 1983"
Letter of approval from the TÜV Baden dated 21-2-83
"Laut Schreiben des TÜV Baden e. v. vom 26 Juni 1.989 wird auf die Gegenzeichnung verzichtet."
TÜV Baden renounce to the countersignature according their letter dated 26-6-89

Besteller - Customer Auftrags Nr - Our order nº Bestellung Nr - Your order nº

KLÖCKNER & CO DEUTSCHLAND GmbH SE 1523 R09/4501075060,eff.


Prüfgegenstand - Article Werkstoff Nr und Lieferzustand - Material nº and Condition of Delivery

BLECH (PLATE) 1.4404/1.4401 1D


Werkstoff - Normbez Standard - Grade of Material Werksbez - Works Grade Erschmelzungsart- Steelmaking Process
A=AOD Verfahren - AOD Process
X2 CrNiMo 17-12-2 /X5 CrNiMo 17-12-2 Acx - 240 A
Anforderungen - Technical requirements Kennzeichnung - Marking
Schmelzennummer - Nº of coil
EN 10028-7/TRB 100/AD-2000-MERKBLATT W2/W10 PED 2014/68/EU EN-ISO-18286(Thickness Tolerances)

Zeichen des Lieferwerks - Brand of the manufacturer Stempel des Sachverständigen - Inspector's stamp

4511

Pos Nr. Stückzahl Abmessung - Dimensions Schmelze Nr Probe Nr


Item Nº Quantity mm Heat Nº Test Nº

6 4 15,000 x 1.500,00 x 3.000,00 T4HH 04T4HH C


7 4 15,000 x 1.500,00 x 3.000,00 T4HH 04T4HH C

Chemische Analyse - Chemical Composition (%)


Schmelze Nr
Heat Nº C CR MN MO N NI P S SI
Anforderungen 16,500 2,000 10,000
Requirements 0,030 18,500 2,000 2,500 0,100 13,000 0,045 0,015 1,000
T4HH 0,020 16,655 1,291 2,043 0,035 10,065 0,026 0,001 0,394

Mechanische Eigenschaften - Mechanical Properties Pr. Temp/T. Temp. 20º C


Probe Nr Prob.-Lage Abmessungen Rm Rp 0.2 Rp 1.0 A50 A5
Test Nº des Probestabs
Pos of Test
Dim. of specimen N/mm2 N/mm2 N/mm2 % %
Anforderungen Breite x Dicke 520,00 220,00 260,00 45,00
Requirements Width x Thickness 670,00
mm
04T4HH CT 30,000 15,00 594,84 282,75 336,46 54,00 53,00

Besichtigung und Masskontrolle wurden durchgefürt: O.B. Surface and dimensions controlled:O.K. WERKSACHVERSTÄNDIGER
Der Werkstoff ist beständig gegen interkristalline Korrosion gemäss EN ISO 3651-2 WORK INSPECTOR
The material is resistant to intergranular corrosion test accordingEN to ISO 3651-2 A. Heredia
Spektroskopische Identitätsprüfung: O.B. Spectrometrical Identity test: O.K.
Wärmebehandlung: Glühen bei 1050 - 1100 ºC
Heat treatment:
Und Abschrecken mit Luft. cooling with air.
Die Lieferung entspricht der Bestellung. The delivery is in accordance with the order Zeugnis ist per EDV erstellt und ohne
Unterschrift gültig gemäss E-Norm 10204
Issued in agreement with TÜV SÜD Industrie Service GmbH (02/1983)

Palmones, 27 SEPTIEMBRE 2018

FDT0014
ACERINOX
EUROPA INSPECTION CERTIFICATE
FABRICA DEL CAMPO DE
GIBRALTAR
PALMONES (LOS BARRIOS) CERTIFICADO DE INSPECCION 3.1
TFNO. (34) - 956 62 93 00
FAX (34) - 956 62 93 11
P.O. BOX 83
11370 LOS BARRIOS (CADIZ) 0769-CPR-VAS-00530 ACCORDING TO EN 10204 CERTIFICATE Nº 53 2018 4967 10001 Y
ESPAÑA DoP no. 1/2015 SEGÚN CERTIFICADO Nº

CUSTOMER OUR ORDER Nº YOUR ORDER Nº


CLIENTE N/PEDIDO S/PEDIDO

KLÖCKNER & CO DEUTSCHLAND GmbH SE 1523 R09/4501075060,eff.


ZWEIGNIEDERLASSUNG FRECHENEUROPALLEE 12-14 TRADE MARK INSPECTOR'S STAMP STEELMAKING PROCESS
SELLO DEL FABRICANTE SELLO DEL INSPECTOR PROCESO DE ACERÍA

.
A.O.D.
REQUIREMENTS INTERGRANULAR CORROSION GRADE FINISH
NORMAS APLICABLES CORROSIÓN INTERGRANULAR MATERIAL ACABADO

EN 10088-4:2009 EN-ISO-18286(Thickness Tolerances) Acx 240 1.4404 1D

DIMENSIONS (mm)
DIMENSIONES

COIL / BOX CONTENT THICKNESS WIDTH LENGTH MARKS QUANTITY TEST Nº


BOBINA / CAJA CONTENIDO ESPESOR ANCHO LARGO MARCA CANTIDAD PROBETA

E8725A 04T4HH EA 15,000 1500,00 3000,00 7 2 04T4HH C


E8725A 04T4HH EB 15,000 1500,00 3000,00 7 2 04T4HH C
E8725B 04T4HH EC 15,000 1500,00 3000,00 6 2 04T4HH C
E8725B 04T4HH ED 15,000 1500,00 3000,00 6 2 04T4HH C

CHEMICAL ANALYSIS / C O M P O S I C I Ó N Q U Í M I C A (%)


HEAT Nº
COLADA C CR MN MO N NI P S SI
REQUIREMENTS 16,500 2,000 10,000
REQUISITOS 0,030 18,500 2,000 2,500 0,100 13,000 0,045 0,015 1,000
T4HH 0,020 16,655 1,291 2,043 0,035 10,065 0,026 0,001 0,394

MECHANICAL PROPERTIES / C A R A C T E R Í S T I C A S M E C Á N I C A S
PROBE
TEST Nº Rm Rp 0.2 Rp 1.0 A50 A5
TYPE
SIT

PROBETA N/mm2 N/mm2 N/mm2 % %


REQUIREMENTS 520,00 220,00 260,00 45,00
REQUISITOS 670,00
04T4HH C T 594,84 282,75 336,46 54,00 53,00

R E M A R K S / OBSERVACIONES SURFACE AND DIMENSIONAL CONTROL


INSPECCIÓN SUPERFICIAL Y DIMENSIONAL

The delivery is in accordance with the order

SATISFACTORY
SATISFACTORIA

WORK INSPECTOR
INSPECTOR

A. Heredia

Palmones, 27 SEPTIEMBRE 2018

FDT0040
ACERINOX
EUROPA INSPECTION CERTIFICATE
FABRICA DEL CAMPO DE
GIBRALTAR
PALMONES (LOS BARRIOS) CERTIFICADO DE INSPECCION 3.1
TFNO. (34) - 956 62 93 00
FAX (34) - 956 62 93 11
P.O. BOX 83
11370 LOS BARRIOS (CADIZ) ACCORDING TO EN 10204 CERTIFICATE Nº 53 2018 4967 10002 *
ESPAÑA SEGÚN CERTIFICADO Nº

CUSTOMER OUR ORDER Nº YOUR ORDER Nº


CLIENTE N/PEDIDO S/PEDIDO

KLÖCKNER & CO DEUTSCHLAND GmbH SE 1523 R09/4501075060,eff.


ZWEIGNIEDERLASSUNG FRECHENEUROPALLEE 12-14 TRADE MARK INSPECTOR'S STAMP STEELMAKING PROCESS
SELLO DEL FABRICANTE SELLO DEL INSPECTOR PROCESO DE ACERÍA

.
A.O.D.
REQUIREMENTS INTERGRANULAR CORROSION GRADE FINISH
NORMAS APLICABLES CORROSIÓN INTERGRANULAR MATERIAL ACABADO

EN 10088-2:2014 EN-ISO-18286(Thickness Tolerances) EN ISO 3651-2 Acx 240 1.4401 1D


ASTM A240Ed17/A480Ed17-ASME SecIIA SA240/SA480Ed17 ASTM-A-262 PRACTICA E Acx 240 TP-316 Nº1
EN 10088-2:2014 EN-ISO-18286(Thickness Tolerances) EN ISO 3651-2 Acx 240 1.4404 1D
ASTM A240Ed17/A480Ed17-ASME SecIIA SA240/SA480Ed17 ASTM-A-262 PRACTICA E Acx 240 TP-316L Nº1

DIMENSIONS (mm)
DIMENSIONES

COIL / BOX CONTENT THICKNESS WIDTH LENGTH MARKS QUANTITY TEST Nº


BOBINA / CAJA CONTENIDO ESPESOR ANCHO LARGO MARCA CANTIDAD PROBETA

E8725A 04T4HH EA 15,000 1500,00 3000,00 7 2 04T4HH C


E8725A 04T4HH EB 15,000 1500,00 3000,00 7 2 04T4HH C
E8725B 04T4HH EC 15,000 1500,00 3000,00 6 2 04T4HH C
E8725B 04T4HH ED 15,000 1500,00 3000,00 6 2 04T4HH C

CHEMICAL ANALYSIS / C O M P O S I C I Ó N Q U Í M I C A (%)


HEAT Nº
COLADA C CR MN MO N NI P S SI

T4HH 0,020 16,655 1,291 2,043 0,035 10,065 0,026 0,001 0,394

MECHANICAL PROPERTIES / C A R A C T E R Í S T I C A S M E C Á N I C A S
PROBE
TEST Nº Rm Rp 0.2 Rp 1.0 A50 A5 HRB A200
TYPE
SIT

PROBETA N/mm2 N/mm2 N/mm2 % % %

04T4HH C T 594,84 282,75 336,46 54,00 53,00 87,00 51,00

R E M A R K S / OBSERVACIONES SURFACE AND DIMENSIONAL CONTROL


INSPECCIÓN SUPERFICIAL Y DIMENSIONAL

The delivery is in accordance with the order


Temperatura de hipertemple entre 1050 y 1100 º C.
NACE-MR0175/ISO 15156-3:2009; NACE MR0103:2012 (Chem & Mech
only). SATISFACTORY
SATISFACTORIA

WORK INSPECTOR
INSPECTOR

A. Heredia

Palmones, 27 SEPTIEMBRE 2018

FDT0009
Intra-Automation GmbH 2/4
Otto-Hahn-Str. 20
41515 Grevenbroich

Kunde / Client: Yokogawa Middle East & Africa B.S.C.(c)

Bestell-Nr. / PO-no.: 4505551471

Auftrag Nr. / WO-no.: 1810/69265

Typ / Type: BLS-100

TAG-Nr. / TAG-no.: 064-F0-5001

Serien-Nr. / Serial-no.: 180702758

Bezeichnung / Werkstoff / Charge / Zeugn./


Description Material Heat-no. Cert. no.
1. sheet 1.4404 549158 01

1 2. orifice plate 1.4404 T4HH 02

Intra-Automation GmbH
WERKSTOFFÜBERSICHT / MATERIAL GENERAL OVERVIEW
Meß- und Regelinstrumente
EN 10204 3.1 Otto-Hahn-Straße 2009.10.2018
Datum / Date:

Tel. 0 21 81 / 7 56 65-0 Fax 0 21 81 / 6 44 92


geprüft durch / checked by:
41545 Grevenbroich

erstellt durch
1810-69265-3.1 Georg Steckelbruck Stand: 21.07.2017
TEST REPORT BL: 0170816 - 7
RELEVE DE CONTROLE
WERKSZEUGNIS Date: 11/03/2016

Aperam Stainless Services & Solutions Germany GmbH According to / Selon / Nachdem
EN 10204
Hildenerstr.28
40699 Erkrath
Tel: 02065/9466-0
Fax: 02065/9466-290

Manufact. / Product. /Herstell. Item / Article / Produkt


APERAM STAINLESS S.ETS.INTERNATIONAL
Supplier Lot / Lot Fourn. / Band Nr BLECHE WN 4404 1D 8,0 X 1500,0 X 3000,0 PUFFER
54915834
Heat N° / N° de coulée / Schmelz Nr Customer / Client / Kunde
549158 KLOECKNER ET CO. DEUTSCHLAND GMBH
Steel Designation / Désignation Acier / Stahlbezeichnung Order / Commande / Order
EN 10028-7 WNR 1.4404/1.4401 603753385 - 10
EN 10088-2 WNR 1.4404/1.4401
ASTM A 240(M) TYPE 316L/316 Reference / Référence / Referenz
ASME SA 240 TYPE 316L/316
BEST. 4500775461 PUFFER 01.03.

AD 2000 W2 -- AD 2000 W10 -- PED 97/23/EC


Mill Certificate / N° de Certificats / Prüfzeugnis Nr
16K0003166

Chemical Analysis / Analyse Chimique / Chemische Zusammensetzung


C Si Mn Ni Cr Mo Ti N S P Cu Al
Cast Analysis
Analyse Coulée
Analyse
0,019 0,37 1,26 10 16,6 2,01 0,044 0,002 0,03

Mechanical Properties / Propriétés Mécaniques / Mechanische Werte EN 10002-1

Yield strength Tensile strength Elongation after fracture (A) Hardness


Limite D'élasticité Résistance à la traction Allongement après rupture Dureté
Dehngrenze MPA Zugfestigkeit MPA Bruchdehnung % Haerte
%

Rp 0.2 % Rp 1% Rm A5 50 mm HRB DDQ

309 595 54 83,7 52

Material identification / Identification Matière / Identifizierung Sachgebiet

Lot Nr Weight Lot Nr Weight Lot Nr Weight Lot Nr Weight


N° Lot Poids N° Lot Poids N° Lot Poids N° Lot Poids
Los Nr Gewicht Los Nr Gewicht Los Nr Gewicht Los Nr Gewicht

Kg Kg Kg Kg

5942504 1650

Number of lots / Nombre de lots / Bunde Anzahl : 1


Total weight / Poids Total / Gesamt Gewicht [Kg] : 1650
A04 N-Nr-N 16K0003166-01 V01 A03
MILL CERTIFICATE BS EN 10204/3.1
CERTIFICAT DE RECEPTION NF EN 10204/3.1
ABNAHMEPRUEFZEUGNIS DIN EN 10204/3.1
A02
Certified acc.PED 97/23/EC Annex I § 4.3 by Certification Body 0036 of TUV SUD
Correspondentieadres: Industrie Service GmbH with cert.No.:314/2007/MUC.Renounced of counter signature
Aperam Genk agreed byTÜV SÜD (9/5/2007).Approved acc.AD 2000-Merkblatt W0/TRD 100 by
Swinnenwijerweg 5, Poort Genk 7523 TÜV SÜD Industrie Service GmbH.Confirmation letter from TÜVSÜD Industrie Service
3600 Genk, Belgium GmbH of 07/05/2010 about the uniformity of coils acc.AD2000 W2 §4.1.1
Tel. +32 (0)89 30 21 11
Tech.Req.:AD 2000 W2 -- AD 2000 W10 -- EN 13445-2
A01 Z05
Manufacturer's works order number Surveyor's mark Purchaser and/or consignee Purchaser's order number
N° de la commande usine productrice Cachet de l'expert Client et/ou destinataire N° de commande client
Werksauftragsnummer Stempel des Besteller und/oder Empfaenger Kundenbestellnummer
80298087/01-59279/662/01 Werkssachverstaendigen 511714477
A08 Z03 APERAM SS&S GERMANY A07
Product - Produit - Erzeugnis Hildener Straße 28 Customer article number
COILS, HOT ROLLED, ANNEALED AND PICKLED N.article client
COILS, LAMINE A CHAUD, RECUITS + DECAPE 40699 Erkrath Artikelnummer des Kunden
COILS, WARMGEWALZT, GEGLUEHT UND GEBEIZT DEUTSCHLAND ART297611
B01 A06 A09
Steel designation B02 Finish Steelmaking process C70 Product delivery condition
Désignation de l'acier Présentation Mode d'élaboration de l'acier - Stahlherstellungverfahren Etat de livraison du produit - Lieferzustand
Stahlbezeichnung Ausfuehrung Prod.proces: Electric arc furnace - VOD/AOD - Continuous casting
EN 10028-7-2008 1.4404 / 1.4401 Proc.fabric.: Four à arc - VOD/AOD - Coulée continue Solution treated:
1D Fertigungsablauf: Elektro-Ofen - VOD/AOD - Stranggussanlage
EN 10088-2-2014 1.4404 / 1.4401 Hypertrempe: 1050 °C
1D
ASTM A 240-2015 TYPE 316L / 316 NO 1 Any supplementary requirements B03 Loesungsgegl+abgeschreckt:
ASME SA 240-2013 TYPE 316L / 316 NO 1 Prescriptions supplémentaires - Zusätzliche Anforderungen Forced air-water/air forcé-eau
EN 10088-4-2009 1.4404 / 1.4401 1D Geblaese Luft-Wasser B04
NACE MR 0175 / ISO 15156-1 / ISO 15156-3 -- NACE MR 0103 // ASME-CODE SECT.2 PART A // NACE MR 0175 / ISO 15156-1 / ISO 15156-3 // ASTM A480 / A480M
-- ASME SA480 /SA480M // CORROSION TEST: ASTM A262-E :OK // CORROSION INTERGRANULAIRE SELON ISO 3651/2:OK

Z06
Identification of the product B07 Dimensions Number of pieces B08
Identification du produit - Identifizierung des Erzeugnisses Dimensions - Abmessungen Nb de pièces - Stueckzahl 1
MELTED IN BELGIUM, MADE IN BELGIUM
Thickness B09 Width B10 Length B11

Coil n. Heat n. Epaisseur - Staerke Largeur - Breite Longueur - Laenge Net weight B13
N.Bobine - Band Nr. N.Coulée - Schmelz Nr. 8.00 mm 1500.00 mm Poids net - netto Gewicht 15800 KG
54915834 549158
CHEMICAL ANALYSIS - ANALYSE CHIMIQUE - CHEMISCHE ZUSAMMENSETZUNG
C Si Mn Ni Cr Mo Ti N S P Co
Required -Exigé %mini 10.00 16.50 2.00
Anforderung. %maxi 0.030 0.75 2.00 13.00 18.00 2.50 0.100 0.015 0.045

Cast Analysis 0.019 0.37 1.26 10.00 16.60 2.01 0.044 0.002 0.030 0.268
Analyse coulee
Analyse Schmelze
C71 C72 C73 C74 C75 C76 C77 C78 C79 C80 C81 C82 C83 C84 C85 C86
Positive material identification carried out : OK D52
Tests de vérification de la conformité de la nuance fournie : OK
Verwechslungpruefung wurde durchgefuehrt : OK
C04 C93

Location (1) MECHANICAL PROPERTIES - PROPRIETES MECANIQUES - MECHANISCHE WERTE EN ISO 6892-1 B / A-SA 370 C20
Room temperature - Température ambiante - Raumtemperatur Test temperature (°C) : C03

Direction (2) Yield or proof strength Tensile Strength Elongation after fracture Hardness Yield or proof strength Tensile str. Elongation %
Limite d'élasticité Résistance à la traction Allongement après rupt. Dureté Limite d'élasticité Résist. MPa Allongement.
Required
Dehngrenze MPa Zugfestigkeit MPa Bruchdehnung % Haerte Dehngrenze MPa Zugfestigkeit Bruchdehnung
Exigé
Anforderung Rp0.2% Rp1% Rm A5 50mm HRB Rp0.2% Rp1% Rm A5
mini 220 260 530 40 40
maxi 680 95
1 T Obtained 309 340 595 52 54 83
Obtenu
2 Ergebnisse 81
C11 C14 C12 C13 C15 C31 C16 C17 C18 C19
Impact strength test Corrosion test E0.2(T)/R(T)
Essai de résilience Test de corrosion %
Kerbschlagzaehigkeitstest Korrosionstest
C40 t(°c) C44 52
EN ISO 3651/2 - A:OK C50 C51 C52 C53 C54 C55 C05
C42 D51 Internal cleanliness: A: B: C: D: C57
Location of the sample (1) The delivery is in accordance with the order Organisation inspection
Emplacement de l'échantillon La fourniture est conforme aux exigences de la commande Organisme et/ou service contrôle
Lage des Probenabschnittes Die lieferung entspricht den Bestellbedingungen Z01 Ueberwachungsabteilung A05
1. Front - Début - Anfang Packing list
2. Back - Fin - Ende Avis d'expédition 2016026453-100055 Quality Department
3. Middle - Milieu - Mitte
C01 LieferscheinNummer A10
Direction of the test pieces (2) Marking, inspection and measurement : without objection 15/1/2016
Orientation des éprouvettes Contrôle de marquage, d'aspect et de dimensions : satisfaisants
Probenrichtung Pruefung der Stempelung, des Oberflaechenaspekts und der The inspector
T. Transverse - Travers - Quer Abmessungen : ohne Beanstandung Le responsable
L. Longitudinal - Long - Laengs
C02 D01 Der Werkssachverstaendige Z02

ZSQ701 - PS5
ACERINOX
EUROPA Abnahmeprüfzeugnis
FABRICA DEL CAMPO DE
GIBRALTAR
PALMONES (LOS BARRIOS)
INSPECTION CERTIFICATE
TFNO. (34) - 956 62 93 00
FAX (34) - 956 62 93 11 Prüf - Nr. 53 2018 4967 10001 E
P.O. BOX 83 Inspection No.
11370 LOS BARRIOS (CADIZ)
ESPAÑA
ACCORDING TO
NACH
EN 10204 3.1
"Zustimmungsschreiben des TÜV Baden vom 21, Februar 1983"
Letter of approval from the TÜV Baden dated 21-2-83
"Laut Schreiben des TÜV Baden e. v. vom 26 Juni 1.989 wird auf die Gegenzeichnung verzichtet."
TÜV Baden renounce to the countersignature according their letter dated 26-6-89

Besteller - Customer Auftrags Nr - Our order nº Bestellung Nr - Your order nº

KLÖCKNER & CO DEUTSCHLAND GmbH SE 1523 R09/4501075060,eff.


Prüfgegenstand - Article Werkstoff Nr und Lieferzustand - Material nº and Condition of Delivery

BLECH (PLATE) 1.4404/1.4401 1D


Werkstoff - Normbez Standard - Grade of Material Werksbez - Works Grade Erschmelzungsart- Steelmaking Process
A=AOD Verfahren - AOD Process
X2 CrNiMo 17-12-2 /X5 CrNiMo 17-12-2 Acx - 240 A
Anforderungen - Technical requirements Kennzeichnung - Marking
Schmelzennummer - Nº of coil
EN 10028-7/TRB 100/AD-2000-MERKBLATT W2/W10 PED 2014/68/EU EN-ISO-18286(Thickness Tolerances)

Zeichen des Lieferwerks - Brand of the manufacturer Stempel des Sachverständigen - Inspector's stamp

4511

Pos Nr. Stückzahl Abmessung - Dimensions Schmelze Nr Probe Nr


Item Nº Quantity mm Heat Nº Test Nº

6 4 15,000 x 1.500,00 x 3.000,00 T4HH 04T4HH C


7 4 15,000 x 1.500,00 x 3.000,00 T4HH 04T4HH C

Chemische Analyse - Chemical Composition (%)


Schmelze Nr
Heat Nº C CR MN MO N NI P S SI
Anforderungen 16,500 2,000 10,000
Requirements 0,030 18,500 2,000 2,500 0,100 13,000 0,045 0,015 1,000
T4HH 0,020 16,655 1,291 2,043 0,035 10,065 0,026 0,001 0,394

Mechanische Eigenschaften - Mechanical Properties Pr. Temp/T. Temp. 20º C


Probe Nr Prob.-Lage Abmessungen Rm Rp 0.2 Rp 1.0 A50 A5
Test Nº des Probestabs
Pos of Test
Dim. of specimen N/mm2 N/mm2 N/mm2 % %
Anforderungen Breite x Dicke 520,00 220,00 260,00 45,00
Requirements Width x Thickness 670,00
mm
04T4HH CT 30,000 15,00 594,84 282,75 336,46 54,00 53,00

Besichtigung und Masskontrolle wurden durchgefürt: O.B. Surface and dimensions controlled:O.K. WERKSACHVERSTÄNDIGER
Der Werkstoff ist beständig gegen interkristalline Korrosion gemäss EN ISO 3651-2 WORK INSPECTOR
The material is resistant to intergranular corrosion test accordingEN to ISO 3651-2 A. Heredia
Spektroskopische Identitätsprüfung: O.B. Spectrometrical Identity test: O.K.
Wärmebehandlung: Glühen bei 1050 - 1100 ºC
Heat treatment:
Und Abschrecken mit Luft. cooling with air.
Die Lieferung entspricht der Bestellung. The delivery is in accordance with the order Zeugnis ist per EDV erstellt und ohne
Unterschrift gültig gemäss E-Norm 10204
Issued in agreement with TÜV SÜD Industrie Service GmbH (02/1983)

Palmones, 27 SEPTIEMBRE 2018

FDT0014
ACERINOX
EUROPA INSPECTION CERTIFICATE
FABRICA DEL CAMPO DE
GIBRALTAR
PALMONES (LOS BARRIOS) CERTIFICADO DE INSPECCION 3.1
TFNO. (34) - 956 62 93 00
FAX (34) - 956 62 93 11
P.O. BOX 83
11370 LOS BARRIOS (CADIZ) 0769-CPR-VAS-00530 ACCORDING TO EN 10204 CERTIFICATE Nº 53 2018 4967 10001 Y
ESPAÑA DoP no. 1/2015 SEGÚN CERTIFICADO Nº

CUSTOMER OUR ORDER Nº YOUR ORDER Nº


CLIENTE N/PEDIDO S/PEDIDO

KLÖCKNER & CO DEUTSCHLAND GmbH SE 1523 R09/4501075060,eff.


ZWEIGNIEDERLASSUNG FRECHENEUROPALLEE 12-14 TRADE MARK INSPECTOR'S STAMP STEELMAKING PROCESS
SELLO DEL FABRICANTE SELLO DEL INSPECTOR PROCESO DE ACERÍA

.
A.O.D.
REQUIREMENTS INTERGRANULAR CORROSION GRADE FINISH
NORMAS APLICABLES CORROSIÓN INTERGRANULAR MATERIAL ACABADO

EN 10088-4:2009 EN-ISO-18286(Thickness Tolerances) Acx 240 1.4404 1D

DIMENSIONS (mm)
DIMENSIONES

COIL / BOX CONTENT THICKNESS WIDTH LENGTH MARKS QUANTITY TEST Nº


BOBINA / CAJA CONTENIDO ESPESOR ANCHO LARGO MARCA CANTIDAD PROBETA

E8725A 04T4HH EA 15,000 1500,00 3000,00 7 2 04T4HH C


E8725A 04T4HH EB 15,000 1500,00 3000,00 7 2 04T4HH C
E8725B 04T4HH EC 15,000 1500,00 3000,00 6 2 04T4HH C
E8725B 04T4HH ED 15,000 1500,00 3000,00 6 2 04T4HH C

CHEMICAL ANALYSIS / C O M P O S I C I Ó N Q U Í M I C A (%)


HEAT Nº
COLADA C CR MN MO N NI P S SI
REQUIREMENTS 16,500 2,000 10,000
REQUISITOS 0,030 18,500 2,000 2,500 0,100 13,000 0,045 0,015 1,000
T4HH 0,020 16,655 1,291 2,043 0,035 10,065 0,026 0,001 0,394

MECHANICAL PROPERTIES / C A R A C T E R Í S T I C A S M E C Á N I C A S
PROBE
TEST Nº Rm Rp 0.2 Rp 1.0 A50 A5
TYPE
SIT

PROBETA N/mm2 N/mm2 N/mm2 % %


REQUIREMENTS 520,00 220,00 260,00 45,00
REQUISITOS 670,00
04T4HH C T 594,84 282,75 336,46 54,00 53,00

R E M A R K S / OBSERVACIONES SURFACE AND DIMENSIONAL CONTROL


INSPECCIÓN SUPERFICIAL Y DIMENSIONAL

The delivery is in accordance with the order

SATISFACTORY
SATISFACTORIA

WORK INSPECTOR
INSPECTOR

A. Heredia

Palmones, 27 SEPTIEMBRE 2018

FDT0040
ACERINOX
EUROPA INSPECTION CERTIFICATE
FABRICA DEL CAMPO DE
GIBRALTAR
PALMONES (LOS BARRIOS) CERTIFICADO DE INSPECCION 3.1
TFNO. (34) - 956 62 93 00
FAX (34) - 956 62 93 11
P.O. BOX 83
11370 LOS BARRIOS (CADIZ) ACCORDING TO EN 10204 CERTIFICATE Nº 53 2018 4967 10002 *
ESPAÑA SEGÚN CERTIFICADO Nº

CUSTOMER OUR ORDER Nº YOUR ORDER Nº


CLIENTE N/PEDIDO S/PEDIDO

KLÖCKNER & CO DEUTSCHLAND GmbH SE 1523 R09/4501075060,eff.


ZWEIGNIEDERLASSUNG FRECHENEUROPALLEE 12-14 TRADE MARK INSPECTOR'S STAMP STEELMAKING PROCESS
SELLO DEL FABRICANTE SELLO DEL INSPECTOR PROCESO DE ACERÍA

.
A.O.D.
REQUIREMENTS INTERGRANULAR CORROSION GRADE FINISH
NORMAS APLICABLES CORROSIÓN INTERGRANULAR MATERIAL ACABADO

EN 10088-2:2014 EN-ISO-18286(Thickness Tolerances) EN ISO 3651-2 Acx 240 1.4401 1D


ASTM A240Ed17/A480Ed17-ASME SecIIA SA240/SA480Ed17 ASTM-A-262 PRACTICA E Acx 240 TP-316 Nº1
EN 10088-2:2014 EN-ISO-18286(Thickness Tolerances) EN ISO 3651-2 Acx 240 1.4404 1D
ASTM A240Ed17/A480Ed17-ASME SecIIA SA240/SA480Ed17 ASTM-A-262 PRACTICA E Acx 240 TP-316L Nº1

DIMENSIONS (mm)
DIMENSIONES

COIL / BOX CONTENT THICKNESS WIDTH LENGTH MARKS QUANTITY TEST Nº


BOBINA / CAJA CONTENIDO ESPESOR ANCHO LARGO MARCA CANTIDAD PROBETA

E8725A 04T4HH EA 15,000 1500,00 3000,00 7 2 04T4HH C


E8725A 04T4HH EB 15,000 1500,00 3000,00 7 2 04T4HH C
E8725B 04T4HH EC 15,000 1500,00 3000,00 6 2 04T4HH C
E8725B 04T4HH ED 15,000 1500,00 3000,00 6 2 04T4HH C

CHEMICAL ANALYSIS / C O M P O S I C I Ó N Q U Í M I C A (%)


HEAT Nº
COLADA C CR MN MO N NI P S SI

T4HH 0,020 16,655 1,291 2,043 0,035 10,065 0,026 0,001 0,394

MECHANICAL PROPERTIES / C A R A C T E R Í S T I C A S M E C Á N I C A S
PROBE
TEST Nº Rm Rp 0.2 Rp 1.0 A50 A5 HRB A200
TYPE
SIT

PROBETA N/mm2 N/mm2 N/mm2 % % %

04T4HH C T 594,84 282,75 336,46 54,00 53,00 87,00 51,00

R E M A R K S / OBSERVACIONES SURFACE AND DIMENSIONAL CONTROL


INSPECCIÓN SUPERFICIAL Y DIMENSIONAL

The delivery is in accordance with the order


Temperatura de hipertemple entre 1050 y 1100 º C.
NACE-MR0175/ISO 15156-3:2009; NACE MR0103:2012 (Chem & Mech
only). SATISFACTORY
SATISFACTORIA

WORK INSPECTOR
INSPECTOR

A. Heredia

Palmones, 27 SEPTIEMBRE 2018

FDT0009
Intra-Automation GmbH 3/4
Otto-Hahn-Str. 20
41515 Grevenbroich

Kunde / Client: Yokogawa Middle East & Africa B.S.C.(c)

Bestell-Nr. / PO-no.: 4505551471

Auftrag Nr. / WO-no.: 1810/69265

Typ / Type: BLS-100

TAG-Nr. / TAG-no.: 064-F0-5002

Serien-Nr. / Serial-no.: 180702759

Bezeichnung / Werkstoff / Charge / Zeugn./


Description Material Heat-no. Cert. no.
1. sheet 1.4404 549158 01

1 2. orifice plate 1.4404 T4HH 02

Intra-Automation GmbH
WERKSTOFFÜBERSICHT / MATERIAL GENERAL OVERVIEW
Meß- und Regelinstrumente
EN 10204 3.1
Otto-Hahn-Straße 20 09.10.2018
Datum / Date:

Tel. 0 21 81 / 7 56 65-0 Fax 0 21 81 / 6 44 92


geprüft durch / checked by:
41545 Grevenbroich

erstellt durch
1810-69265-3.1 Georg Steckelbruck Stand: 21.07.2017
TEST REPORT BL: 0170816 - 7
RELEVE DE CONTROLE
WERKSZEUGNIS Date: 11/03/2016

Aperam Stainless Services & Solutions Germany GmbH According to / Selon / Nachdem
EN 10204
Hildenerstr.28
40699 Erkrath
Tel: 02065/9466-0
Fax: 02065/9466-290

Manufact. / Product. /Herstell. Item / Article / Produkt


APERAM STAINLESS S.ETS.INTERNATIONAL
Supplier Lot / Lot Fourn. / Band Nr BLECHE WN 4404 1D 8,0 X 1500,0 X 3000,0 PUFFER
54915834
Heat N° / N° de coulée / Schmelz Nr Customer / Client / Kunde
549158 KLOECKNER ET CO. DEUTSCHLAND GMBH
Steel Designation / Désignation Acier / Stahlbezeichnung Order / Commande / Order
EN 10028-7 WNR 1.4404/1.4401 603753385 - 10
EN 10088-2 WNR 1.4404/1.4401
ASTM A 240(M) TYPE 316L/316 Reference / Référence / Referenz
ASME SA 240 TYPE 316L/316
BEST. 4500775461 PUFFER 01.03.

AD 2000 W2 -- AD 2000 W10 -- PED 97/23/EC


Mill Certificate / N° de Certificats / Prüfzeugnis Nr
16K0003166

Chemical Analysis / Analyse Chimique / Chemische Zusammensetzung


C Si Mn Ni Cr Mo Ti N S P Cu Al
Cast Analysis
Analyse Coulée
Analyse
0,019 0,37 1,26 10 16,6 2,01 0,044 0,002 0,03

Mechanical Properties / Propriétés Mécaniques / Mechanische Werte EN 10002-1

Yield strength Tensile strength Elongation after fracture (A) Hardness


Limite D'élasticité Résistance à la traction Allongement après rupture Dureté
Dehngrenze MPA Zugfestigkeit MPA Bruchdehnung % Haerte
%

Rp 0.2 % Rp 1% Rm A5 50 mm HRB DDQ

309 595 54 83,7 52

Material identification / Identification Matière / Identifizierung Sachgebiet

Lot Nr Weight Lot Nr Weight Lot Nr Weight Lot Nr Weight


N° Lot Poids N° Lot Poids N° Lot Poids N° Lot Poids
Los Nr Gewicht Los Nr Gewicht Los Nr Gewicht Los Nr Gewicht

Kg Kg Kg Kg

5942504 1650

Number of lots / Nombre de lots / Bunde Anzahl : 1


Total weight / Poids Total / Gesamt Gewicht [Kg] : 1650
A04 N-Nr-N 16K0003166-01 V01 A03
MILL CERTIFICATE BS EN 10204/3.1
CERTIFICAT DE RECEPTION NF EN 10204/3.1
ABNAHMEPRUEFZEUGNIS DIN EN 10204/3.1
A02
Certified acc.PED 97/23/EC Annex I § 4.3 by Certification Body 0036 of TUV SUD
Correspondentieadres: Industrie Service GmbH with cert.No.:314/2007/MUC.Renounced of counter signature
Aperam Genk agreed byTÜV SÜD (9/5/2007).Approved acc.AD 2000-Merkblatt W0/TRD 100 by
Swinnenwijerweg 5, Poort Genk 7523 TÜV SÜD Industrie Service GmbH.Confirmation letter from TÜVSÜD Industrie Service
3600 Genk, Belgium GmbH of 07/05/2010 about the uniformity of coils acc.AD2000 W2 §4.1.1
Tel. +32 (0)89 30 21 11
Tech.Req.:AD 2000 W2 -- AD 2000 W10 -- EN 13445-2
A01 Z05
Manufacturer's works order number Surveyor's mark Purchaser and/or consignee Purchaser's order number
N° de la commande usine productrice Cachet de l'expert Client et/ou destinataire N° de commande client
Werksauftragsnummer Stempel des Besteller und/oder Empfaenger Kundenbestellnummer
80298087/01-59279/662/01 Werkssachverstaendigen 511714477
A08 Z03 APERAM SS&S GERMANY A07
Product - Produit - Erzeugnis Hildener Straße 28 Customer article number
COILS, HOT ROLLED, ANNEALED AND PICKLED N.article client
COILS, LAMINE A CHAUD, RECUITS + DECAPE 40699 Erkrath Artikelnummer des Kunden
COILS, WARMGEWALZT, GEGLUEHT UND GEBEIZT DEUTSCHLAND ART297611
B01 A06 A09
Steel designation B02 Finish Steelmaking process C70 Product delivery condition
Désignation de l'acier Présentation Mode d'élaboration de l'acier - Stahlherstellungverfahren Etat de livraison du produit - Lieferzustand
Stahlbezeichnung Ausfuehrung Prod.proces: Electric arc furnace - VOD/AOD - Continuous casting
EN 10028-7-2008 1.4404 / 1.4401 Proc.fabric.: Four à arc - VOD/AOD - Coulée continue Solution treated:
1D Fertigungsablauf: Elektro-Ofen - VOD/AOD - Stranggussanlage
EN 10088-2-2014 1.4404 / 1.4401 Hypertrempe: 1050 °C
1D
ASTM A 240-2015 TYPE 316L / 316 NO 1 Any supplementary requirements B03 Loesungsgegl+abgeschreckt:
ASME SA 240-2013 TYPE 316L / 316 NO 1 Prescriptions supplémentaires - Zusätzliche Anforderungen Forced air-water/air forcé-eau
EN 10088-4-2009 1.4404 / 1.4401 1D Geblaese Luft-Wasser B04
NACE MR 0175 / ISO 15156-1 / ISO 15156-3 -- NACE MR 0103 // ASME-CODE SECT.2 PART A // NACE MR 0175 / ISO 15156-1 / ISO 15156-3 // ASTM A480 / A480M
-- ASME SA480 /SA480M // CORROSION TEST: ASTM A262-E :OK // CORROSION INTERGRANULAIRE SELON ISO 3651/2:OK

Z06
Identification of the product B07 Dimensions Number of pieces B08
Identification du produit - Identifizierung des Erzeugnisses Dimensions - Abmessungen Nb de pièces - Stueckzahl 1
MELTED IN BELGIUM, MADE IN BELGIUM
Thickness B09 Width B10 Length B11

Coil n. Heat n. Epaisseur - Staerke Largeur - Breite Longueur - Laenge Net weight B13
N.Bobine - Band Nr. N.Coulée - Schmelz Nr. 8.00 mm 1500.00 mm Poids net - netto Gewicht 15800 KG
54915834 549158
CHEMICAL ANALYSIS - ANALYSE CHIMIQUE - CHEMISCHE ZUSAMMENSETZUNG
C Si Mn Ni Cr Mo Ti N S P Co
Required -Exigé %mini 10.00 16.50 2.00
Anforderung. %maxi 0.030 0.75 2.00 13.00 18.00 2.50 0.100 0.015 0.045

Cast Analysis 0.019 0.37 1.26 10.00 16.60 2.01 0.044 0.002 0.030 0.268
Analyse coulee
Analyse Schmelze
C71 C72 C73 C74 C75 C76 C77 C78 C79 C80 C81 C82 C83 C84 C85 C86
Positive material identification carried out : OK D52
Tests de vérification de la conformité de la nuance fournie : OK
Verwechslungpruefung wurde durchgefuehrt : OK
C04 C93

Location (1) MECHANICAL PROPERTIES - PROPRIETES MECANIQUES - MECHANISCHE WERTE EN ISO 6892-1 B / A-SA 370 C20
Room temperature - Température ambiante - Raumtemperatur Test temperature (°C) : C03

Direction (2) Yield or proof strength Tensile Strength Elongation after fracture Hardness Yield or proof strength Tensile str. Elongation %
Limite d'élasticité Résistance à la traction Allongement après rupt. Dureté Limite d'élasticité Résist. MPa Allongement.
Required
Dehngrenze MPa Zugfestigkeit MPa Bruchdehnung % Haerte Dehngrenze MPa Zugfestigkeit Bruchdehnung
Exigé
Anforderung Rp0.2% Rp1% Rm A5 50mm HRB Rp0.2% Rp1% Rm A5
mini 220 260 530 40 40
maxi 680 95
1 T Obtained 309 340 595 52 54 83
Obtenu
2 Ergebnisse 81
C11 C14 C12 C13 C15 C31 C16 C17 C18 C19
Impact strength test Corrosion test E0.2(T)/R(T)
Essai de résilience Test de corrosion %
Kerbschlagzaehigkeitstest Korrosionstest
C40 t(°c) C44 52
EN ISO 3651/2 - A:OK C50 C51 C52 C53 C54 C55 C05
C42 D51 Internal cleanliness: A: B: C: D: C57
Location of the sample (1) The delivery is in accordance with the order Organisation inspection
Emplacement de l'échantillon La fourniture est conforme aux exigences de la commande Organisme et/ou service contrôle
Lage des Probenabschnittes Die lieferung entspricht den Bestellbedingungen Z01 Ueberwachungsabteilung A05
1. Front - Début - Anfang Packing list
2. Back - Fin - Ende Avis d'expédition 2016026453-100055 Quality Department
3. Middle - Milieu - Mitte
C01 LieferscheinNummer A10
Direction of the test pieces (2) Marking, inspection and measurement : without objection 15/1/2016
Orientation des éprouvettes Contrôle de marquage, d'aspect et de dimensions : satisfaisants
Probenrichtung Pruefung der Stempelung, des Oberflaechenaspekts und der The inspector
T. Transverse - Travers - Quer Abmessungen : ohne Beanstandung Le responsable
L. Longitudinal - Long - Laengs
C02 D01 Der Werkssachverstaendige Z02

ZSQ701 - PS5
ACERINOX
EUROPA Abnahmeprüfzeugnis
FABRICA DEL CAMPO DE
GIBRALTAR
PALMONES (LOS BARRIOS)
INSPECTION CERTIFICATE
TFNO. (34) - 956 62 93 00
FAX (34) - 956 62 93 11 Prüf - Nr. 53 2018 4967 10001 E
P.O. BOX 83 Inspection No.
11370 LOS BARRIOS (CADIZ)
ESPAÑA
ACCORDING TO
NACH
EN 10204 3.1
"Zustimmungsschreiben des TÜV Baden vom 21, Februar 1983"
Letter of approval from the TÜV Baden dated 21-2-83
"Laut Schreiben des TÜV Baden e. v. vom 26 Juni 1.989 wird auf die Gegenzeichnung verzichtet."
TÜV Baden renounce to the countersignature according their letter dated 26-6-89

Besteller - Customer Auftrags Nr - Our order nº Bestellung Nr - Your order nº

KLÖCKNER & CO DEUTSCHLAND GmbH SE 1523 R09/4501075060,eff.


Prüfgegenstand - Article Werkstoff Nr und Lieferzustand - Material nº and Condition of Delivery

BLECH (PLATE) 1.4404/1.4401 1D


Werkstoff - Normbez Standard - Grade of Material Werksbez - Works Grade Erschmelzungsart- Steelmaking Process
A=AOD Verfahren - AOD Process
X2 CrNiMo 17-12-2 /X5 CrNiMo 17-12-2 Acx - 240 A
Anforderungen - Technical requirements Kennzeichnung - Marking
Schmelzennummer - Nº of coil
EN 10028-7/TRB 100/AD-2000-MERKBLATT W2/W10 PED 2014/68/EU EN-ISO-18286(Thickness Tolerances)

Zeichen des Lieferwerks - Brand of the manufacturer Stempel des Sachverständigen - Inspector's stamp

4511

Pos Nr. Stückzahl Abmessung - Dimensions Schmelze Nr Probe Nr


Item Nº Quantity mm Heat Nº Test Nº

6 4 15,000 x 1.500,00 x 3.000,00 T4HH 04T4HH C


7 4 15,000 x 1.500,00 x 3.000,00 T4HH 04T4HH C

Chemische Analyse - Chemical Composition (%)


Schmelze Nr
Heat Nº C CR MN MO N NI P S SI
Anforderungen 16,500 2,000 10,000
Requirements 0,030 18,500 2,000 2,500 0,100 13,000 0,045 0,015 1,000
T4HH 0,020 16,655 1,291 2,043 0,035 10,065 0,026 0,001 0,394

Mechanische Eigenschaften - Mechanical Properties Pr. Temp/T. Temp. 20º C


Probe Nr Prob.-Lage Abmessungen Rm Rp 0.2 Rp 1.0 A50 A5
Test Nº des Probestabs
Pos of Test
Dim. of specimen N/mm2 N/mm2 N/mm2 % %
Anforderungen Breite x Dicke 520,00 220,00 260,00 45,00
Requirements Width x Thickness 670,00
mm
04T4HH CT 30,000 15,00 594,84 282,75 336,46 54,00 53,00

Besichtigung und Masskontrolle wurden durchgefürt: O.B. Surface and dimensions controlled:O.K. WERKSACHVERSTÄNDIGER
Der Werkstoff ist beständig gegen interkristalline Korrosion gemäss EN ISO 3651-2 WORK INSPECTOR
The material is resistant to intergranular corrosion test accordingEN to ISO 3651-2 A. Heredia
Spektroskopische Identitätsprüfung: O.B. Spectrometrical Identity test: O.K.
Wärmebehandlung: Glühen bei 1050 - 1100 ºC
Heat treatment:
Und Abschrecken mit Luft. cooling with air.
Die Lieferung entspricht der Bestellung. The delivery is in accordance with the order Zeugnis ist per EDV erstellt und ohne
Unterschrift gültig gemäss E-Norm 10204
Issued in agreement with TÜV SÜD Industrie Service GmbH (02/1983)

Palmones, 27 SEPTIEMBRE 2018

FDT0014
ACERINOX
EUROPA INSPECTION CERTIFICATE
FABRICA DEL CAMPO DE
GIBRALTAR
PALMONES (LOS BARRIOS) CERTIFICADO DE INSPECCION 3.1
TFNO. (34) - 956 62 93 00
FAX (34) - 956 62 93 11
P.O. BOX 83
11370 LOS BARRIOS (CADIZ) 0769-CPR-VAS-00530 ACCORDING TO EN 10204 CERTIFICATE Nº 53 2018 4967 10001 Y
ESPAÑA DoP no. 1/2015 SEGÚN CERTIFICADO Nº

CUSTOMER OUR ORDER Nº YOUR ORDER Nº


CLIENTE N/PEDIDO S/PEDIDO

KLÖCKNER & CO DEUTSCHLAND GmbH SE 1523 R09/4501075060,eff.


ZWEIGNIEDERLASSUNG FRECHENEUROPALLEE 12-14 TRADE MARK INSPECTOR'S STAMP STEELMAKING PROCESS
SELLO DEL FABRICANTE SELLO DEL INSPECTOR PROCESO DE ACERÍA

.
A.O.D.
REQUIREMENTS INTERGRANULAR CORROSION GRADE FINISH
NORMAS APLICABLES CORROSIÓN INTERGRANULAR MATERIAL ACABADO

EN 10088-4:2009 EN-ISO-18286(Thickness Tolerances) Acx 240 1.4404 1D

DIMENSIONS (mm)
DIMENSIONES

COIL / BOX CONTENT THICKNESS WIDTH LENGTH MARKS QUANTITY TEST Nº


BOBINA / CAJA CONTENIDO ESPESOR ANCHO LARGO MARCA CANTIDAD PROBETA

E8725A 04T4HH EA 15,000 1500,00 3000,00 7 2 04T4HH C


E8725A 04T4HH EB 15,000 1500,00 3000,00 7 2 04T4HH C
E8725B 04T4HH EC 15,000 1500,00 3000,00 6 2 04T4HH C
E8725B 04T4HH ED 15,000 1500,00 3000,00 6 2 04T4HH C

CHEMICAL ANALYSIS / C O M P O S I C I Ó N Q U Í M I C A (%)


HEAT Nº
COLADA C CR MN MO N NI P S SI
REQUIREMENTS 16,500 2,000 10,000
REQUISITOS 0,030 18,500 2,000 2,500 0,100 13,000 0,045 0,015 1,000
T4HH 0,020 16,655 1,291 2,043 0,035 10,065 0,026 0,001 0,394

MECHANICAL PROPERTIES / C A R A C T E R Í S T I C A S M E C Á N I C A S
PROBE
TEST Nº Rm Rp 0.2 Rp 1.0 A50 A5
TYPE
SIT

PROBETA N/mm2 N/mm2 N/mm2 % %


REQUIREMENTS 520,00 220,00 260,00 45,00
REQUISITOS 670,00
04T4HH C T 594,84 282,75 336,46 54,00 53,00

R E M A R K S / OBSERVACIONES SURFACE AND DIMENSIONAL CONTROL


INSPECCIÓN SUPERFICIAL Y DIMENSIONAL

The delivery is in accordance with the order

SATISFACTORY
SATISFACTORIA

WORK INSPECTOR
INSPECTOR

A. Heredia

Palmones, 27 SEPTIEMBRE 2018

FDT0040
ACERINOX
EUROPA INSPECTION CERTIFICATE
FABRICA DEL CAMPO DE
GIBRALTAR
PALMONES (LOS BARRIOS) CERTIFICADO DE INSPECCION 3.1
TFNO. (34) - 956 62 93 00
FAX (34) - 956 62 93 11
P.O. BOX 83
11370 LOS BARRIOS (CADIZ) ACCORDING TO EN 10204 CERTIFICATE Nº 53 2018 4967 10002 *
ESPAÑA SEGÚN CERTIFICADO Nº

CUSTOMER OUR ORDER Nº YOUR ORDER Nº


CLIENTE N/PEDIDO S/PEDIDO

KLÖCKNER & CO DEUTSCHLAND GmbH SE 1523 R09/4501075060,eff.


ZWEIGNIEDERLASSUNG FRECHENEUROPALLEE 12-14 TRADE MARK INSPECTOR'S STAMP STEELMAKING PROCESS
SELLO DEL FABRICANTE SELLO DEL INSPECTOR PROCESO DE ACERÍA

.
A.O.D.
REQUIREMENTS INTERGRANULAR CORROSION GRADE FINISH
NORMAS APLICABLES CORROSIÓN INTERGRANULAR MATERIAL ACABADO

EN 10088-2:2014 EN-ISO-18286(Thickness Tolerances) EN ISO 3651-2 Acx 240 1.4401 1D


ASTM A240Ed17/A480Ed17-ASME SecIIA SA240/SA480Ed17 ASTM-A-262 PRACTICA E Acx 240 TP-316 Nº1
EN 10088-2:2014 EN-ISO-18286(Thickness Tolerances) EN ISO 3651-2 Acx 240 1.4404 1D
ASTM A240Ed17/A480Ed17-ASME SecIIA SA240/SA480Ed17 ASTM-A-262 PRACTICA E Acx 240 TP-316L Nº1

DIMENSIONS (mm)
DIMENSIONES

COIL / BOX CONTENT THICKNESS WIDTH LENGTH MARKS QUANTITY TEST Nº


BOBINA / CAJA CONTENIDO ESPESOR ANCHO LARGO MARCA CANTIDAD PROBETA

E8725A 04T4HH EA 15,000 1500,00 3000,00 7 2 04T4HH C


E8725A 04T4HH EB 15,000 1500,00 3000,00 7 2 04T4HH C
E8725B 04T4HH EC 15,000 1500,00 3000,00 6 2 04T4HH C
E8725B 04T4HH ED 15,000 1500,00 3000,00 6 2 04T4HH C

CHEMICAL ANALYSIS / C O M P O S I C I Ó N Q U Í M I C A (%)


HEAT Nº
COLADA C CR MN MO N NI P S SI

T4HH 0,020 16,655 1,291 2,043 0,035 10,065 0,026 0,001 0,394

MECHANICAL PROPERTIES / C A R A C T E R Í S T I C A S M E C Á N I C A S
PROBE
TEST Nº Rm Rp 0.2 Rp 1.0 A50 A5 HRB A200
TYPE
SIT

PROBETA N/mm2 N/mm2 N/mm2 % % %

04T4HH C T 594,84 282,75 336,46 54,00 53,00 87,00 51,00

R E M A R K S / OBSERVACIONES SURFACE AND DIMENSIONAL CONTROL


INSPECCIÓN SUPERFICIAL Y DIMENSIONAL

The delivery is in accordance with the order


Temperatura de hipertemple entre 1050 y 1100 º C.
NACE-MR0175/ISO 15156-3:2009; NACE MR0103:2012 (Chem & Mech
only). SATISFACTORY
SATISFACTORIA

WORK INSPECTOR
INSPECTOR

A. Heredia

Palmones, 27 SEPTIEMBRE 2018

FDT0009
Intra-Automation GmbH 4/4
Otto-Hahn-Str. 20
41515 Grevenbroich

Kunde / Client: Yokogawa Middle East & Africa B.S.C.(c)

Bestell-Nr. / PO-no.: 4505551471

Auftrag Nr. / WO-no.: 1810/69265

Typ / Type: BLS-100

TAG-Nr. / TAG-no.: 064-F0-5003

Serien-Nr. / Serial-no.: 180702760

Bezeichnung / Werkstoff / Charge / Zeugn./


Description Material Heat-no. Cert. no.
1. sheet 1.4404 837765 01

1 2. orifice plate 1.4404 837765 01

Intra-Automation GmbH
WERKSTOFFÜBERSICHT / MATERIAL GENERAL OVERVIEW
Meß- und Regelinstrumente
EN 10204 3.1 Otto-Hahn-Straße
Datum / Date: 20 09.10.2018
Tel. 0 21 81 / 7 56 65-0 Fax 0 21 81 / 6 44 92
41545 Grevenbroich
geprüft durch / checked by:

erstellt durch
1810-69265-3.1 Georg Steckelbruck Stand: 21.07.2017
Certificate No. Page
Zeugnis Nr. Seite
N° du certificat Page
438593/001 1(01)
INSPECTION CERTIFICATE 3.1 Date Datum Date
DIN EN 10204 3.1 18.06.2018
Delivery address, Empfänger, Lieu de livraison
HAAF WAREHOUSE LOGISTICS GMBH OUTOKUMPU SERVICE CENTER GMBH
PFÄLZER RING 23 NEUSTADTER STR. 5
68766 HOCKENHEIM 68766 HOCKENHEIM
BR DEUTSCHLAND BR DEUTSCHLAND
Requirements, Anforderungen, Exigences Our Order No. Your order, Ihre Bestellung, Votre commande
Unser Auftrag Nr.
EN 10088-4:2009 Notre commande n° 100364
AD 2000 W2, W10 & EN 10028-7:2016 300475240
ASTM A240/A240M
ASME SA-240/SA-240M II A ED. 2017
Product, Erzeugnisform, Produit Mark of Manufacturer Process Inspector's stamp
Zeichen des Lieferwerkes
Signe de producteur
Erschmelzungsart
Mode de fusion
AOD Zeichen d. Sachverst.
Poicon de l'expert
SHEET , STAINLESS STEEL
Grade, Werkstoff, Nuance Tolerances Toleranzen, Tolérances

1.4404 1.4401 TYPE 316L EN ISO 9445-2


Marking, Kennzeichnung, Marquage Marks, Versandzeichen, Marques

1.4404 2B
Line Item Charge-test No. Size, Abmessungen, Dimensions Quantity Weight, Gewicht, Poids Finish
Reihe Position Schmelze-Probe Nr. Stückzahl Ausführung
Ligne Poste Coulée n° Nombre Fini
EN/ASTM

1 1 83776 5 2,0 X 1500 X 3000 MM 144 10192 KG 2B


14
0045-CPR-0567

Charge no. Chemical composition, Chemische Zusammensetzung, Composition chimiques


Schmelze Nr.
Coulée n° C Si Mn P S Cr Ni MO N
% % % % % % % % %
83776 0,019 0,52 0,93 0,034 0,001 17,0 10,0 2,03 0,038

Line Mechanical properties, Mechanische Eigenschaften, Caracteristiques mecaniques Tensile test, Zugversuch, Essai de traction
Reihe
Ligne Sample ID Rp0.2 Rp1.0 Rm A50 A80 Hardness ISO 6892-1:2009 A224
Proben ID MPa MPa MPa Härte,Duraté
Échantillon
% % % SAMPLES PERPENDICULAR TO
HBW THE ROLLING DIRECTION
1 01 325 351 633 51 50 169 APPROVED ACC.TO
02 327 353 634 52 51 174 AD2000-W0 WITH
VERIFICATION OF THE
UNIFORMITY OVER THE
STRIP LENGTH. CERTIFIED
ACC.TO PED 2014/68/EU BY
TÜV NORD REG. NO. 0045.
DOPS ACC. TO CPR
AVAILABLE ON THE WEB
PAGE BY STEEL NUMBER
Identity test, Verwechslungsprüfung, Controle d’identification OK
Sizes. Abmessungen, Dimensions
Surface, Oberfläche, Surface
Test of intergran. corros, Prüfung auf interkrist. Korros, Test de corros. intercrist.
OK
EN ISO 3651-2 A: OK OK
ASTM A240/A240M We certify that the above mentioned products comply with
ASME SA-240/SA-240M II A ED. 2017 the terms of the order contract.
TYPE 316 Wir bestätigen, dass die Lieferung den Vereinbarungen der
Bestellannahme entspricht.
EN 10088-2:2014/1.4404, 1.4401 Nous certifions ques les produits énumérés ci-dessus sont
NACE MR0103/ISO 17945 AND conformes aux prescriptions de la commande.
NACE MR0175/ISO 15156-1 / NACE MR0175/ISO 15156-3 This test certificate is made by controlled ADP-system
HEAT TREATMENT 1070 C and is valid without signature.
INTERGRANULAR CORROSION ASTM A262 PRACTICE E: OK Dieses Zeugnis wurde von einem überprüften Datenver-
arbeitungssystem erstellt und is ohne Unterschrift gültig.
Ce certificat a été établi par un systeme informatique
controlé et est valide sans signature.

Outokumpu Stainless Oy

Authorized inspector
Werkssachverständiger
PIRKKO JANNE
Inspecteur autorisé

FI-95490 Tornio, Finland


Tel. +358 16 4521,email certificate.tornio@outokumpu.com,
www.outokumpu.com
Domicile: Tornio, Finland. Business Identity Code 0823315-9
Certificate No. Page
Zeugnis Nr. Seite
N° du certificat Page
438593/001/D 1(01)
ABNAHMEPRUEFZEUGNIS 3.1 Date Datum Date
DIN EN 10204 3.1 18.06.2018
Delivery address, Empfänger, Lieu de livraison BESTELLER
HAAF WAREHOUSE LOGISTICS GMBH OUTOKUMPU SERVICE CENTER GMBH
PFÄLZER RING 23 NEUSTADTER STR. 5
68766 HOCKENHEIM 68766 HOCKENHEIM
BR DEUTSCHLAND BR DEUTSCHLAND
Requirements, Anforderungen, Exigences Our Order No. Your order, Ihre Bestellung, Votre commande
Unser Auftrag Nr.
EN 10088-4:2009 Notre commande n° 100364
AD 2000 W2, W10 & EN 10028-7:2016 300475240
ASTM A240/A240M
ASME SA-240/SA-240M II A ED. 2017
Product, Erzeugnisform, Produit Mark of Manufacturer Process Inspector's stamp
Zeichen des Lieferwerkes
Signe de producteur
Erschmelzungsart
Mode de fusion
AOD Zeichen d. Sachverst.
Poicon de l'expert
BLECHE AUS BAND , NICHTROSTEND
Grade, Werkstoff, Nuance Tolerances Toleranzen, Tolérances

1.4404 1.4401 TYPE 316L EN ISO 9445-2


Marking, Kennzeichnung, Marquage Marks, Versandzeichen, Marques

1.4404 2B
Line Item Charge-test No. Size, Abmessungen, Dimensions Quantity Weight, Gewicht, Poids Finish
Reihe Position Schmelze-Probe Nr. Stückzahl Ausführung
Ligne Poste Coulée n° Nombre Fini
EN/ASTM

1 1 83776 5 2,0 X 1500 X 3000 MM 144 10192 KG 2B


14
0045-CPR-0567

Charge no. Chemical composition, Chemische Zusammensetzung, Composition chimiques


Schmelze Nr.
Coulée n° C Si Mn P S Cr Ni MO N
% % % % % % % % %
83776 0,019 0,52 0,93 0,034 0,001 17,0 10,0 2,03 0,038

Line Mechanical properties, Mechanische Eigenschaften, Caracteristiques mecaniques Tensile test, Zugversuch, Essai de traction
Reihe
Ligne Sample ID Rp0.2 Rp1.0 Rm A50 A80 Hardness ISO 6892-1:2009 A224
Proben ID MPa MPa MPa Härte,Duraté
Échantillon
% % % PROBEN QUER ZUR
HBW WALZRICHTUNG
1 01 325 351 633 51 50 169 ÜBERPRÜFT NACH AD2000-W0
02 327 353 634 52 51 174 MIT ÜBERPRÜFUNG DER
GLEICHMÄSSIGKEIT
ÜBER DIE BANDLÄNGE.
ZERTIFIZIERT NACH
DGRL 2014/68/EU DURCH
TÜV NORD KENN-NR. 0045.
LEISTUNGSERKLÄRUNG NACH
CPR AUF DER WEB-SEITE
NACH WERKSTOFF-NR.
Identity test, Verwechslungsprüfung, Controle d’identification O.B.
Sizes. Abmessungen, Dimensions
Surface, Oberfläche, Surface
Test of intergran. corros, Prüfung auf interkrist. Korros, Test de corros. intercrist.
O.B.
EN ISO 3651-2 A: GENUEGEND O.B.
ASTM A240/A240M We certify that the above mentioned products comply with
ASME SA-240/SA-240M II A ED. 2017 the terms of the order contract.
TYPE 316 Wir bestätigen, dass die Lieferung den Vereinbarungen der
Bestellannahme entspricht.
EN 10088-2:2014/1.4404, 1.4401 Nous certifions ques les produits énumérés ci-dessus sont
NACE MR0103/ISO 17945 AND conformes aux prescriptions de la commande.
NACE MR0175/ISO 15156-1 / NACE MR0175/ISO 15156-3 This test certificate is made by controlled ADP-system
HEAT TREATMENT 1070 C and is valid without signature.
INTERGRANULAR CORROSION ASTM A262 PRACTICE E: OK Dieses Zeugnis wurde von einem überprüften Datenver-
arbeitungssystem erstellt und is ohne Unterschrift gültig.
Ce certificat a été établi par un systeme informatique
controlé et est valide sans signature.

Outokumpu Stainless Oy

Authorized inspector
Werkssachverständiger
PIRKKO JANNE
Inspecteur autorisé

FI-95490 Tornio, Finland


Tel. +358 16 4521,email certificate.tornio@outokumpu.com,
www.outokumpu.com
Domicile: Tornio, Finland. Business Identity Code 0823315-9
Certificate No. Page
Zeugnis Nr. Seite
N° du certificat Page
438593/001/F 1(01)
CERTIFICAT DE RECEPTION 3.1 Date Datum Date
DIN EN 10204 3.1 18.06.2018
Delivery address, Empfänger, Lieu de livraison
HAAF WAREHOUSE LOGISTICS GMBH OUTOKUMPU SERVICE CENTER GMBH
PFÄLZER RING 23 NEUSTADTER STR. 5
68766 HOCKENHEIM 68766 HOCKENHEIM
BR DEUTSCHLAND BR DEUTSCHLAND
Requirements, Anforderungen, Exigences Our Order No. Your order, Ihre Bestellung, Votre commande
Unser Auftrag Nr.
EN 10088-4:2009 Notre commande n° 100364
AD 2000 W2, W10 & EN 10028-7:2016 300475240
ASTM A240/A240M
ASME SA-240/SA-240M II A ED. 2017
Product, Erzeugnisform, Produit Mark of Manufacturer Process Inspector's stamp
Zeichen des Lieferwerkes
Signe de producteur
Erschmelzungsart
Mode de fusion
AOD Zeichen d. Sachverst.
Poicon de l'expert
TOLE , ACIER INOXYDABLE
Grade, Werkstoff, Nuance Tolerances Toleranzen, Tolérances

1.4404 1.4401 TYPE 316L EN ISO 9445-2


Marking, Kennzeichnung, Marquage Marks, Versandzeichen, Marques

1.4404 2B
Line Item Charge-test No. Size, Abmessungen, Dimensions Quantity Weight, Gewicht, Poids Finish
Reihe Position Schmelze-Probe Nr. Stückzahl Ausführung
Ligne Poste Coulée n° Nombre Fini
EN/ASTM

1 1 83776 5 2,0 X 1500 X 3000 MM 144 10192 KG 2B


14
0045-CPR-0567

Charge no. Chemical composition, Chemische Zusammensetzung, Composition chimiques


Schmelze Nr.
Coulée n° C Si Mn P S Cr Ni MO N
% % % % % % % % %
83776 0,019 0,52 0,93 0,034 0,001 17,0 10,0 2,03 0,038

Line Mechanical properties, Mechanische Eigenschaften, Caracteristiques mecaniques Tensile test, Zugversuch, Essai de traction
Reihe
Ligne Sample ID Rp0.2 Rp1.0 Rm A50 A80 Hardness ISO 6892-1:2009 A224
Proben ID MPa MPa MPa Härte,Duraté
Échantillon
% % % PERPENDICULAIREMENT A LA
HBW DIRECTION DU LAMINAGE
1 01 325 351 633 51 50 169 APPROUVE SELON AD2000-W0
02 327 353 634 52 51 174 AVEC LA VERIFICATION DE
L'HOMOGENEITE SUR LA
LONGUEUR DE LA BOBINE.
CERTIFIE SUIVANT DESP
2014/68/UE PAR TÜV NORD
ENREGISTREMENT NO. 0045.
DDPS SELON RPC
DISPONIBLES SUR LA PAGE
WEB EN NUANCE
Identity test, Verwechslungsprüfung, Controle d’identification O.B.
Sizes. Abmessungen, Dimensions
Surface, Oberfläche, Surface
Test of intergran. corros, Prüfung auf interkrist. Korros, Test de corros. intercrist.
O.B.
EN ISO 3651-2 A: CONFORME O.B.
ASTM A240/A240M We certify that the above mentioned products comply with
ASME SA-240/SA-240M II A ED. 2017 the terms of the order contract.
TYPE 316 Wir bestätigen, dass die Lieferung den Vereinbarungen der
Bestellannahme entspricht.
EN 10088-2:2014/1.4404, 1.4401 Nous certifions ques les produits énumérés ci-dessus sont
NACE MR0103/ISO 17945 AND conformes aux prescriptions de la commande.
NACE MR0175/ISO 15156-1 / NACE MR0175/ISO 15156-3 This test certificate is made by controlled ADP-system
HEAT TREATMENT 1070 C and is valid without signature.
INTERGRANULAR CORROSION ASTM A262 PRACTICE E: OK Dieses Zeugnis wurde von einem überprüften Datenver-
arbeitungssystem erstellt und is ohne Unterschrift gültig.
Ce certificat a été établi par un systeme informatique
controlé et est valide sans signature.

Outokumpu Stainless Oy

Authorized inspector
Werkssachverständiger
PIRKKO JANNE
Inspecteur autorisé

FI-95490 Tornio, Finland


Tel. +358 16 4521,email certificate.tornio@outokumpu.com,
www.outokumpu.com
Domicile: Tornio, Finland. Business Identity Code 0823315-9
Otto-Hahn-Straße 20, D-41515 Grevenbroich / Germany Tel.: +49-2181-75665-0, Fax: +49-2181-64492, E-mail: info@intra-automation.de

Inspection Certificate
Project Project-No.:

Client Yokogawa Middle Wast & Africa B.S.C.(c) PO.-No.: 4505551471

Manufacturer Intra-Automation GmbH PO.-No.: 1810/69265

We hereby certify that the listed equipment has been satisfactory tested to manufacturers conditions.

Applicable test procedures VA-02-03-03

No. TAG-No. Serial-No. Type


1 064-F0-5000 180702757 BLS-100
2 064-F0-5001 180702758 BLS-100
3 064-F0-5002 180702759 BLS-100
4 064-F0-5003 180702760 BLS-100

Manufacturer: Place: Date: Sign / Stamp:

Intra-Automation GmbH Intra-Automation GmbH


Otto-Hahn-Straße 20
41515 Grevenbroich / Germany
Grevenbroich 08.10.2018
Meß- und Regelinstrumente
Otto-Hahn-Straße 20
Tel. 0 21 81 / 7 56 65-0 Fax 0 21 81 / 6 44 92
41545 Grevenbroich

1810-69265-inspection cert. Schmitz


FB-01-11-10 Rev.: 09.02.2011 1/1
Otto-Hahn-Straße 20, D-41515 Grevenbroich/Germany Tel.: +49-2181-75665-0, Fax +49-2181-64492, E-mail: info@intra-automation.de

Inspection Test Plan


Project Project-No.:

Client Yokogawa Middle East & Africa B.S.C.(c) Order.-No.: 4505551471

Manufacturer Intra-Automation GmbH Work.-No.: 1810/69265

No. Quality plan activity Procedure/Specification Acceptance criteria Vertifying document 1 2 3 4


1 Order recording VA-01-00-01 VA-01-00-01 Acknowledgement H
2 Issue bills of material, datasheets and specifications VA-01-00-02 VA-01-00-02 Production Order H
3 Incoming inspection of raw material and sub orders VA-02-06-01 VA-02-06-01 Nonconformance W R
Report
4 Marking of pressure retaining parts VA-02-03-06 Ident. List or Drawing Material Cert. EN10204- W R
3.1
5 Preparing parts for assembly VA-02-03-01 DIN EN ISO 9692-1 Drawing H R
6 Welding VA-02-03-01 VA-02-03-01 none
7 Visual and dimensional control of welded parts VA-02-03-02 DIN EN ISO 17637 none

8 Final assembly VA-02-03-03 VA-02-03-03 PMI-Check Report W R


Final inspection & release
9 Final documentation control VA-02-03-03 Docum.index or Inspection Test Cert. W R
or specification

10 Packing and despatch VA-02-08-01 VA-02-08-01 Packing List H R


Terminology 1 = Intra-Automation H = Holdpoint
Mark if applicable 2 = Customer/representative W = Witness point
3 = NDE-Laboratory R = Review
4 = German TÜV

Manufacturer: Place Date Sign/Stamp

Intra-Automation GmbH Intra-Automation GmbH


Otto-Hahn-Strasse 20 Grevenbroich 08.10.2018
41515 Grevenbroich / Germany Meß- und Regelinstrumente
Otto-Hahn-Straße 20
Tel. 0 21 81 / 7 56 65-0 Fax 0 21 81 / 6 44 92
41545 Grevenbroich

1810-69265-ITP Schmitz
FB-01-11-13 Rev.: 12.01.2010 1/1
HAZARDOUS AREA CERTIFICATES OF
FLOW TRANSMITTERS
FM Approvals
1151 Boston Providence Turnpike
P.O. Box 9102 Norwood, MA 02062 USA
T: 781 762 4300 F: 781-762-9375 www.fmapprovals.com

CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE
HAZARDOUS (CLASSIFIED) LOCATION ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT

This certificate is issued for the following equipment:

EJXa-bcdef-ghijk-lmnopqrs-tuvw/x/y. Pressure Transmitters.


EJAa-bcdef-ghijk-lmnopqrs-tuvw/x/y. Pressure Transmitters.
IS / I,II,III / 1 / ABCDEFG / T4 Ta = 60°C - IFM022-A12, P.1, P.2; Entity; Type 4X
I / 0 / AEx ia / IIC T4 Ta = 60°C - IFM022-A12, P.1, P.2; Entity; Type 4X
NI / I / 2 / ABCD / T4 Ta = 60°C; S / II,III / 2 / FG / T4 Ta = 60°C; Type 4X;
I / 2 / IIC / T4 Ta = 60°C; Type 4X
Entity Parameters for Groups ABCD and Group IIC
VMax = 30 V, IMax = 200 mA, Ci = 6 nF, Li = 0, PMax = 1 W
Entity Parameters for Groups CD and Group IIB
VMax = 30 V, IMax = 225 mA, Ci = 6 nF, Li = 0, PMax = 1 W
a = Transmitter: (* = A, J, R and E): 107*, 108*, 110*, 115*, 117*, 118*, 120*, 130*, 135*, 138*, 210*,
211*, 213*, 217*, 218*, 310*, 311*, 318*, 430*, 431*, 433*, 437*, 438*, 440* or 448*.
b = Output signal: A, D, E or J.
c = Measurement span: A, B, C, D, E, F, L, H, M or V.
d = Wetted parts material: A, B, D, E, H, K, L, M, N, P, S, T, U, V or W.
e = Process connection: x. (x is an alphabetical character from A to Z or a numeral from 0 to 9)
f = Bolts and nuts material C, G, J, D, H or K.
g = Installation 2, 3, 6, 7, 8, 9, A, B or U.
h = Amplifier Housing: 0, 1, 2 or 3.
i = Electrical connection: 2, 4, 7 9, C or D.
j = Integral indicator: D, E or N.
k = Mounting bracket: A, B, C, D, N, G, J, K or M.
l = Seal type: A, B, D, E, Q, U, W, Y, X, S, V, N, 6, 7, 5, 2, 1, 4 or 3.
m = Process flange rating or sanitary standard/size: J1, J2, J4, J6, A1, A2, A4, A5, G2, G4, G6, G7, P1,
P2, P4, P5, D2, D4, D5, C1, C2, C3, C4, C5, C6, C7 or 00.
n = Process connection size: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, V, W, X, Y or N.
o = Flange material: A, B, C, D, E or N.
p = Sealing face: 0, 1, 2, 3 or N.
q = Wetted part material (* = Seal type): S*, H*, M*, U*, T*, W*, A*, B*, D*, E*, N*, L*, P* or V*.
r = Flushing connection ring 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, A, B, C or D.

To verify the availability of the Approved product, please refer to www.approvalguide.com


FM Approvals HLC 5/13 3019000
Page 1 of 4
s = Diaphragm extension length 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8.
t = Fill fluid A, B, C, D, E, P, 1, 2, 3 or 4.
u = Capillary installation A, B, C or D.
v = Capillary inside diameter A, B, 1, 2 or 3.
w = Capillary length 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, A, B, C, D, E or F.
x = Product safety specification FS1, FU1, V1U or V1U1.
y = Optional specifications (* is an alphanumeric character) P*, X1, X2, X3, A, K1, K2, K3, K5, K6, K*1,
K*2, K*3, K*5, K*6, H1, H2, HC, HD, HE, HF, HG, HP, D1, D3, D4, Y, U*, L, TF*, R, V, Q, W*, C1, C2, C3,
CA, CB, CC, CD, CE, CF, M, HAC, B1, B2, A1, S1, M**, T**, R1, N*, N4, N6, F1, PV, BS, BD, BC, R2,
RF, RG, SD, W**, LS, SS, J12, GOS, GOK, GOU, GOB, E2, E3, PC*, PE3, SP*, DG*, GS, JH, WP*, DF*,
WC*, Z, x, xy or xyz (x, y and z is an alphabetical character from A to Z or a numeral from 0 to 9).

EJXa-bcdef-ghijk-lmnopqrs-tuvw/x/y. Pressure Transmitters.


EJAa-bcdef-ghijk-lmnopqrs-tuvw/x/y. Pressure Transmitters.
a = Transmitter: (* = A, J, R and E): 510*, 511*, 517*, 518*, 530*, 531*, 533*, 537*, 538*, 610 or 630.
b = Output signal: A, D, E or J.
c = Measurement span: A, B, C, D, L, M or H.
d = Wetted parts material: A, B, D, E, U, V or W.
e = Process connection: x. (x is an alphabetical character from A to Z or a numeral from 0 to 9)
f = Fill Fluid (for direct mount): F, N or P.
g = Always 0.
h = Amplifier Housing: 0, 1, 2 or 3.
i = Electrical connection: 2, 4, 7, 9, C or D.
j = Integral indicator: D, E or N.
k = Mounting bracket: E, F, L or N.
l = Seal type: A, B, D, E, Q, U, W, Y, X, S, V , N, 6, 7, 5, 2, 1, 4 or 3.
m = Process flange rating or sanitary standard/size: J1, J2, J4, J6, A1, A2, A4, A5, G2, G4, G6, G7, P1,
P2, P4, P5, D2, D4, D5, C1, C2, C3, C4, C5, C6 or C7.
n = Process connection size: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, V, W, X, Y or N.
o = Flange material: A, B, C, D, E or N.
p = Sealing face: 0, 1, 2, 3 or N.
q = Wetted part material (* = Seal type): S*, H*, M*, U*, T*, W*, A*, B*, D*, E*, N*, L*, P* or V*.
r = Flushing connection ring 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, A, B, C or D.
s = Diaphragm extension length 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8.
t = Fill fluid A, B, C, D, E, P, 1, 2, 3 or 4.
u = Capillary installation A, B, C or D.
v = Capillary inside diameter A, B, 1, 2 or 3.
w = Capillary length 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, A, B, C, D, E or F.
x = Product safety specification FS1, FU1, V1U or V1U1.
y = Optional specifications (* is an alphanumerical character) P*, X1, X2, X3, A, K1, K2, K3, K5, K6, K*1,
K*2, K*3, K*5, K*6, H1, H2, HC, HD, HE, HF, HG, D1, D3, D4, Y, U*, L, TF*, R, V, Q, W*, C1, C2, C3, CA,
CB, CC, CD, CE, CF, M, HAC, B1, B2, A1, S1, M**, T**, R1, N*, N4, N6, F1, PV, BS, BD, BC, R2, RF,
RG, SD, W**, LS, SS, J12, GOS, GOK, GOU, GOB, E2, E3, PE3, DG*, GS, JH, WP*, HP, DF*, WC*, Z,
x, xy or xyz (x, y, and z is an alphabetical character from A to Z or a numeral from 0 to 9).

To verify the availability of the Approved product, please refer to www.approvalguide.com


FM Approvals HLC 5/13 3019000
Page 2 of 4
Equipment Ratings:

Evaluated as Intrinsically safe with Entity parameters for use in Class I,II,III, Division 1, Groups
ABCDEFG, alternatively for Class I Zone 0, AEx ia Group IIC; Nonincendive for Class I, Division 2,
Groups ABCD; alternatively for Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC Suitable for Class II,III, Division 2, Group FG
indoor/outdoor Type 4X hazardous (classified) locations. Temperature class T4 at Ta = 60°C.

FM Approved for:

Yokogawa Electric Corporation


Musashino-shi, Tokyo, 180-8750 Japan

To verify the availability of the Approved product, please refer to www.approvalguide.com


FM Approvals HLC 5/13 3019000
Page 3 of 4
This certifies that the equipment described has been found to comply with the following
Approval Standards and other documents:

Class 3600 2011


Class 3610 2010
Class 3611 2004
Class 3810 2005
NEMA – 250 1991
ANSI/ISA-60079-0 2009
ANSI/ISA-60079-11 2009

Original Project ID: 3019000 Approval Granted: February 2, 2004

Subsequent Revision Reports / Date Approval Amended


Report Number Date Report Number Date
3021600 08/24/2004
3024154 06/28/2005
071226 03/17/2008
040712 08/18/2008
090312 03/18/2009
091111 12/30/2009
110412 05/27/2011
3041665 08/31/2011
110915 09/26/2011
111010 11/11/2011
120130 June 21, 2012
130424 May 16, 2013
141021 December 12, 2014
RR202291 September 15, 2015
RR203197 November 24, 2015

FM Approvals LLC

24 November 2015
J.E. Marquedant Date
Manager of Electrical Systems

To verify the availability of the Approved product, please refer to www.approvalguide.com


FM Approvals HLC 5/13 3019000
Page 4 of 4
Certificate / Certificat
Zertifikat /
YEC 1110046 C001
exida hereby confirms that the:
EJA Differential Pressure and
Pressure Transmitter
The manufacturer
may use the mark: E Series and J Series
Yokogawa Electric Corporation
Musashino-shi, Tokyo, Japan
Has been assessed per the relevant requirements of:

IEC 61508 : 2010 Parts 1-7


and meets requirements providing a level of integrity to:

Systematic Capability: SC 3 (SIL 3 Capable)


Random Capability: Type B Element
SIL 2 @ HFT=0; SIL 3 @ HFT = 1; Route 1H
Valid until July 1, 2018 For models where SFF > 90%
Revision 1.4 July 20, 2015
SIL 2 @ HFT=0; SIL 3 @ HFT = 1; Route 2H
PFDAVG and Architecture Constraints
must be verified for each application
Safety Function:
The EJA Differential Pressure and Pressure Transmitter will
measure pressure and output a 4-20 mA signal within the stated
safety accuracy.
Application Restrictions:
The unit must be properly designed into a Safety Instrumented
Function per the Safety Manual requirements.

Place embossed Evaluating Assessor


seal here for
originals, lining it
up at the bottom

Certifying Assessor
ANSI Accredited Program
PRODUCT CERTIFICATION
#1004 Page 1 of 2
Certificate / Certificat / Zertifikat /
YEC 1110046 C001
Systematic Capability: SC 3 (SIL 3 Capable)
Random Capability: Type B Element
SIL 2 @ HFT=0; SIL 3 @ HFT = 1; Route 1H
For models where SFF > 90%
SIL 2 @ HFT=0; SIL 3 @ HFT = 1; Route 2H
PFDAVG and Architecture Constraints
Yokogawa EJA must be verified for each application
Differential Pressure Systematic Capability :
and The product has met manufacturer design process requirements of Safety
Pressure Transmitter Integrity Level (SIL) 3. These are intended to achieve sufficient integrity
against systematic errors of design by the manufacturer.
E Series and J Series
A Safety Instrumented Function (SIF) designed with this product must not
be used at a SIL level higher than stated.
Random Capability:
The SIL limit imposed by the Architectural Constraints must be met for
each element. This device meets exida criteria for Route 2H.

IEC 61508 Failure Rates in FIT*

Device λSD λSU λDD λDU SFF1

EJA Differential Pressure and Pressure


Transmitter, E Series and J Series, 0 54 331 39 90.8%
without Remote Seals 2

* FIT = 1 failure / 109 hours


SIL Verification:
The Safety Integrity Level (SIL) of an entire Safety Instrumented Function (SIF)
must be verified via a calculation of PFDAVG considering redundant
architectures, proof test interval, proof test effectiveness, any automatic
diagnostics, average repair time and the specific failure rates of all products
included in the SIF. Each element must be checked to assure compliance with
minimum hardware fault tolerance (HFT) requirements.
The following documents are a mandatory part of certification:
Assessment Report: YEC 11-10-046 R003 V1R5
Safety Manual: IM01C25T01-06EN or IM01C25T03-01E, 6th ed. and above
1 SFF is not required for devices certified using Route 2 data. For information
H
detailing the Route 2H approach, refer to IEC 61508-2.
2 Refer to the FMEDA Report (YEC 11/10-046 R002 V1R3) for the additional
64 N Main St
Sellersville, PA 18960 failure rates that apply when using the transmitter with attached Remote Seals.

T-002, V3R8
Page 2 of 2
Certificate

No.: 968/FSP 1199.00/15

Product tested Pressure Transmitter Certificate Yokogawa Electric


holder Corporation
2-9-32 Nakacho
Musashino-shi
Tokyo 180-8750
Japan

Type designation EJX A Series, EJX J Series,


EJA E Series, EJA J Series
Details see attached Revision List

Codes and standards IEC 61508 Parts 1-7:2010 IEC 61511 Parts 1-3:2004

Intended application Sensors for pressure measurement of liquids and gases.


The sensors of the EJX and EJA Series comply with the requirements of the
stated standards and can be used in a safety-related system with a
hardware fault tolerance HFT=0 up to SIL 2 and under consideration of the
minimum required hardware fault tolerance HFT=1 in a redundant structure
up to SIL 3. Output currents <3.6mA and >21.6mA have to be considered
10/222 12. 12 E A4 ® TÜV, TUEV and TUV are registered trademarks. Utilisation and application requires prior approval.

by the downstream safety device as failure condition.

Tel.: +49 221 806-1790, Fax: +49 221 806-1539, E-Mail: industrie-service@de.tuv.com
TÜV Rheinland Industrie Service GmbH, Am Grauen Stein, 51105 Köln / Germany
Specific requirements The Operating Instructions and the Safety Manual shall be considered.

Valid until 2020-11-30

The issue of this certificate is based upon an examination, whose results are documented in
Report No. 968/FSP 1199.00/15 dated 2015-11-30.
This certificate is valid only for products which are identical with the product tested. It becomes invalid at any change of
the codes and standards forming the basis of testing for the intended application.

Köln, 2015-11-30
Certification Body Safety & Security for Automation & Grid Dipl.-Ing. Stephan Häb

www.fs-products.com

Powered by TCPDF (www.tcpdf.org)


IOM MANUAL- FLOW TRANSMITTERS
User’s
Manual Differential Pressure and
Pressure Transmitters
EJ110, EJ120,
EJ130, EJ310,
EJ430, and EJ440
IM 01C25B01-01E

IM 01C25B01-01E
22nd Edition
Toc-1

Differential Pressure and Pressure Transmitters


EJ110, EJ120, EJ130,
EJ310, EJ430, and EJ440
IM 01C25B01-01E 22nd Edition

Contents
1. Introduction................................................................................................ 1-1
 Regarding This Manual................................................................................................. 1-2
 Trademarks.................................................................................................................... 1-2
1.1 Safe Use of This Product .................................................................................. 1-3
1.2 Warranty.............................................................................................................. 1-5
2. Handling Cautions..................................................................................... 2-1
2.1 Model and Specifications Check...................................................................... 2-1
2.2 Unpacking........................................................................................................... 2-1
2.3 Storage................................................................................................................ 2-1
2.4 Selecting the Installation Location ................................................................. 2-2
2.5 Pressure Connection......................................................................................... 2-2
2.6 Waterproofing of Cable Conduit Connections............................................... 2-2
2.7 Restrictions on Use of Radio Transceivers.................................................... 2-2
2.8 Insulation Resistance and Dielectric Strength Test....................................... 2-3
2.9 Installation of an Explosion-Protected Instrument........................................ 2-3
2.9.1 FM Approval........................................................................................ 2-4
2.9.2 CSA Certification................................................................................. 2-6
2.9.3 ATEX Certification............................................................................... 2-9
2.9.4 IECEx Certification............................................................................ 2-14
2.10 EMC Conformity Standards............................................................................ 2-16
2.11 Pressure Equipment Directive (PED)............................................................ 2-16
2.12 EU RoHS Directive........................................................................................... 2-17
2.13 Safety Requirement Standards...................................................................... 2-18
3. Component Names................................................................................... 3-1
4. Installation.................................................................................................. 4-1
4.1 Precautions ........................................................................................................ 4-1
4.2 Mounting ............................................................................................................ 4-1
4.3 Changing the Process Connection.................................................................. 4-2
4.4 Swapping the High/Low-pressure Side Connection...................................... 4-3
4.4.1 Rotating Pressure-detector Section 180° .......................................... 4-3
4.4.2 Using the Communicator.................................................................... 4-3
4.5 Rotating Transmitter Section............................................................................ 4-4
4.6 Changing the Direction of Integral Indicator ................................................. 4-4

22nd Edition: Apr. 2020 (YK) IM 01C25B01-01E


All Rights Reserved, Copyright © 2004, Yokogawa Electric Corporation
Toc-2
5. Installing Impulse Piping.......................................................................... 5-1
5.1 Impulse Piping Installation Precautions......................................................... 5-1
5.1.1 Connecting Impulse Piping to a Transmitter....................................... 5-1
5.1.2 Routing the Impulse Piping................................................................. 5-3
5.2 Impulse Piping Connection Examples............................................................ 5-4
6. Wiring.......................................................................................................... 6-1
6.1 Wiring Precautions............................................................................................ 6-1
6.2 Selecting the Wiring Materials.......................................................................... 6-1
6.3 Connections of External Wiring to Terminal Box........................................... 6-1
6.3.1 Power Supply Wiring Connection....................................................... 6-1
6.3.2 External Indicator Connection............................................................ 6-2
6.3.3 Communicator Connection................................................................. 6-2
6.3.4 Check Meter Connection.................................................................... 6-2
6.3.5 Status Output Connection................................................................... 6-3
6.4 Wiring.................................................................................................................. 6-3
6.4.1 Loop Configuration............................................................................. 6-3
6.4.2 Wiring Installation................................................................................ 6-4
6.5 Grounding........................................................................................................... 6-5
6.6 Power Supply Voltage and Load Resistance.................................................. 6-5
7. Operation.................................................................................................... 7-1
7.1 Preparation for Starting Operation.................................................................. 7-1
7.2 Zero Point Adjustment...................................................................................... 7-3
7.2.1 Adjusting Zero Point for Differential Pressure Transmitters............... 7-3
7.2.2 Adjusting Zero Point for Gauge/Absolute Pressure Transmitters ..... 7-3
7.3 Starting Operation............................................................................................. 7-4
7.4 Shutting Down the Transmitter........................................................................ 7-4
7.5 Venting or Draining Transmitter Pressure-detector Section........................ 7-5
7.5.1 Draining Condensate.......................................................................... 7-5
7.5.2 Venting Gas........................................................................................ 7-5
7.6 Local Parameter Setting.................................................................................... 7-6
7.6.1 Local Parameter Setting (LPS) Overview........................................... 7-6
7.6.2 Activating Local Parameter Setting.................................................... 7-8
7.6.3 Parameter Setting Review.................................................................. 7-8
7.6.4 Loop Test Configuration...................................................................... 7-9
7.6.5 Tag Number Configuration.................................................................. 7-9
7.6.6 Pressure Unit Configuration............................................................... 7-9
7.6.7 Pressure LRV/URV Configuration.................................................... 7-10
7.6.8 Damping Time Constant Configuration............................................ 7-10
7.6.9 Output Mode Configuration.............................................................. 7-10
7.6.10 Display Out 1 Configuration.............................................................. 7-10
7.6.11 Re-range by applying actual pressure (LRV/URV)........................... 7-11

IM 01C25B01-01E
Toc-3
7.6.12 Device Information Display............................................................... 7-11
7.6.13 Save or Cancel................................................................................. 7-11
7.6.14 Abort Configuration........................................................................... 7-12
7.6.14.1 Abort Configuration (Menu)............................................. 7-12
7.6.14.2 Abort Configuration (Parameter)..................................... 7-12
7.6.15 Local Parameter Setting Lock........................................................... 7-12
7.6.16 Others............................................................................................... 7-12
8. Maintenance............................................................................................... 8-1
8.1 Overview............................................................................................................. 8-1
8.2 Calibration Instruments Selection................................................................... 8-1
8.3 Calibration.......................................................................................................... 8-1
8.4 Disassembly and Reassembly......................................................................... 8-3
8.4.1 Replacing the Integral Indicator.......................................................... 8-3
8.4.2 Replacing the CPU Board Assembly.................................................. 8-4
8.4.3 Cleaning and Replacing the Capsule Assembly................................ 8-5
8.4.4 Replacing the Process Connector Gaskets........................................ 8-6
8.5 Troubleshooting................................................................................................. 8-6
8.5.1 Basic Troubleshooting........................................................................ 8-6
8.5.2 Troubleshooting Flowcharts................................................................ 8-7
8.5.3 Alarms and Countermeasures............................................................ 8-9
9. General Specifications............................................................................. 9-1
Revision Information

When using the transmitters in a Safety Instrumented System application,


refer to the Functional Safety Manual (Document No.: TI 01C25A05-01EN
or TI 01C25A05-21EN for option code SLT) and follow the instructions and
procedures described there.The document can be downloaded from the
website of Yokogawa. (Website address:
https://www.yokogawa.com/solutions/products-platforms/field-instruments/)
In order to satisfy the requirement of Safety Instrumented System, executing
parameters setting is required. Please refer to the clause of “Setting
Parameters” for setting range in the following manuals for the actual operation.
BRAIN: IM 01C25T03-01E
HART: IM 01C25T01-06EN
Please also refer to the contact output setting in the same clause. After
installing the transmitter, confirm that the range and unit is set correctly.
Calibration of the transmitters shall be done after completing the range setting.

IM 01C25B01-01E
<1. Introduction> 1-1

1. Introduction
Thank you for purchasing the DPharp Differential
Pressure and pressure transmitter. WARNING
Your transmitter was precisely calibrated at the
When using the transmitters in a Safety
factory before shipment. To ensure both safety and
Instrumented System application, refer to the
efficiency, please read this manual carefully before
Functional Safety Manual (Document No.:
you operate the instrument.
TI 01C25A05-01EN or TI 01C25A05-21EN for
option code SLT) and follow the instructions and
NOTE procedures described there.The document can
This manual describes the hardware be downloaded from the website of Yokogawa.
configurations of the transmitters listed in below. (Website address:
For information on the software configuration https://www.yokogawa.com/solutions/products-
and operation, please refer to either platforms/field-instruments/)
IM 01C25T03-01E for the BRAIN communication In order to satisfy the requirement of Safety
type, or IM 01C25T01-06EN for the HART Instrumented System, executing parameters
communication type. setting is required. Please refer to the clause
of “Setting Parameters” for setting range in the
For FOUNDATION Fieldbus protocol type, please following manuals for the actual operation.
refer to IM 01C25T02-01E. BRAIN: IM 01C25T03-01E
For PROFIBUS PA protocol type, please refer to HART: IM 01C25T01-06EN
IM 01C25T04-01EN. Please also refer to the contact output setting in
For the specifications, external dimensions, and the same clause. After installing the transmitter,
model, suffx and option codes of each product, confirm that the range and unit is set correctly.
please refer to the General Specifications sheet Calibration of the transmitters shall be done after
as listed in the Chapter 9. completing the range setting.

Model Style code


EJX110A S3
EJX120A S1 NOTE
EJX130A S2
When describing the model name like EJ110,
EJX310A S2
it shows the applicability for both EJX110A and
EJX430A S2
EJA110E. The same representations are used
EJX440A S2
EJA110E S1, S2 for the other models, too.
EJA120E S1, S2
EJA130E S1, S2
EJA310E S1, S2 NOTE
EJA430E S1, S2
Unless otherwise stated, the illustrations in
EJA440E S1, S2
this manual are of the EJ110 differential
To ensure correct use of this instrument, read pressure transmitter. Users of the other models
both the hardware and software manuals should bear in mind that certain features of their
thoroughly before use. instrument will differ from those shown in the
illustrations of the EJ110.

IM 01C25B01-01E
<1. Introduction> 1-2
 Regarding This Manual
WARNING
• This manual and the identification tag attached
on the packing box are essential parts of the Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which,
product. Please keep them in a safe place for if not avoided, could result in death or serious
future reference. injury.
• This manual should be provided to the end
user.
• The contents of this manual are subject to CAUTION
change without prior notice.
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which,
• All rights reserved. No part of this manual may if not avoided, may result in minor or moderate
be reproduced in any form without Yokogawa’s injury. It may also be used to alert against unsafe
written permission. practices.
• Yokogawa makes no warranty of any kind with
regard to this manual, including, but not limited
to, implied warranty of merchantability and IMPORTANT
fitness for a particular purpose.
Indicates that operating the hardware or software
• If any question arises or errors are found, or if in this manner may damage it or lead to system
any information is missing from this manual, failure.
please inform the nearest Yokogawa sales
office.
• The specifications covered by this manual are NOTE
limited to those for the standard type under the
specified model number break-down and do not Draws attention to information essential for
cover custom-made instruments. understanding the operation and features.

• Please note that changes in the specifications, Direct current


construction, or component parts of the
instrument may not immediately be reflected Functional grounding terminal
in this manual at the time of change, provided
that postponement of revisions will not cause Caution
difficulty to the user from a functional or This symbol indicates that the operator must
performance standpoint. refer to an explanation in the user’s manual
• Yokogawa assumes no responsibilities for this in order to avoid the risk of injury or death of
product except as stated in the warranty. personnel or damage to the instrument.
• If the customer or any third party is harmed by
the use of this product, Yokogawa assumes  Trademarks
no responsibility for any such harm owing to
• ‘DPharp’, ‘EJX’, ‘EJA’, ‘FieldMate’ and ‘BRAIN
any defects in the product which were not
TERMINAL’ are registered trademarks or
predictable, or for any indirect damages.
trademarks of Yokogawa Electric Corporation.
• The following safety symbols are used in this Company names and product names used
manual: in this material are registered trademarks or
trademarks of their respective owners.
• In this manual, trademarks or registered
trademarks are not marked with ™ or ®.

IM 01C25B01-01E
<1. Introduction> 1-3
1.1 Safe Use of This Product (c) Operation

For the safety of the operator and to protect the


instrument and the system, please be sure to follow WARNING
this manual’s safety instructions when handling this
• Wait 5 min. after power is turned off, before
instrument. If these instructions are not heeded,
opening the covers.
the protection provided by this instrument may be
• Do not open the cover in wet weather or
impaired. In this case, Yokogawa cannot guarantee
humid environment. If the cover is opened,
that the instrument can be safely operated. Please
stated enclosure protection is not applicable.
pay special attention to the following points:

(a) Installation (d) Maintenance

WARNING WARNING
• This instrument may only be installed by an • Please carry out only the maintenance
engineer or technician who has an expert procedures described in this manual. If you
knowledge of this device. Operators are not require further assistance, please contact the
allowed to carry out installation unless they nearest Yokogawa office.
meet this condition. • Care should be taken to prevent the build
• With high process temperatures, care must up of dust or other materials on the display
be taken not to burn yourself by touching the glass and the name plate. To clean these
instrument or its casing. surfaces, use a soft, dry cloth.
• Never loosen the process connector nuts
when the instrument is installed in a process. (e) Explosion Protected Type Instrument
This can lead to a sudden, explosive release
of process fluids.
• When draining condensate from the
WARNING
pressure detector section, take appropriate • Users of explosion proof instruments should
precautions to prevent the inhalation of refer first to section 2.9 (Installation of an
harmful vapors and the contact of toxic Explosion Protected Instrument) of this
process fluids with the skin or eyes. manual.
• When removing the instrument from a • The use of this instrument is restricted to
hazardous process, avoid contact with the those who have received appropriate training
fluid and the interior of the meter. in the device.
• All installation shall comply with local • Take care not to create sparks when
installation requirements and the local accessing the instrument or peripheral
electrical code. devices in a hazardous location.

(b) Wiring (f) Modification

WARNING WARNING
• The instrument must be installed by an • Yokogawa will not be liable for malfunctions
engineer or technician who has an expert or damage resulting from any modification
knowledge of this instrument. Operators are made to this instrument by the customer.
not permitted to carry out wiring unless they
meet this condition.
(g) Product Disposal
• Before connecting the power cables, please
confirm that there is no current flowing • The instrument should be disposed of in
through the cables and that the power supply accordance with local and national legislation/
to the instrument is switched off. regulations.

IM 01C25B01-01E
<1. Introduction> 1-4
(h) Authorized Representative in EEA
• In relation to the CE Marking, The authorised representative for this product in the EEA (European
Economic Area) is:
Yokogawa Europe B.V.
Euroweg 2, 3825 HD Amersfoort,The Netherlands
(i) Control of Pollution Caused by the Product
This is an explanation for the product based on “Control of Pollution caused by Electronic Information
Products” in the People’s Republic of China. The information is valid only in China.

产品中有害物质或元素的名称及含量
有害物质
型号 部件名称 铅 汞 镉 六价铬 多溴联苯 多溴二苯醚
(Pb) (Hg) (Cd) (Cr(VI)) (PBB) (PBDE)
壳体 × ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
EJX/EJA-E 膜盒组件 × ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
Series
差压/压力变送器 基板组件 × ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
电源连接线 × ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
○:表示该部件的所有均质材料中的有害物质的含量均在 GB/T26572 标准中所规定的限量以下。

×:表示至少该部件的某些均质材料中的有害物质的含量均在 GB/T26572 标准中所规定的限量以上。

环保使用期限:

该标识适用于 SJ /T11364 中所述,在中华人民共和国销售的电子电气产品的环保使用期限。

注)该年数为“环保使用期限”,并非产品的质量保证期。

IM 01C25B01-01E
<1. Introduction> 1-5
1.2 Warranty
• The warranty shall cover the period noted on
the quotation presented to the purchaser at the
time of purchase. Problems occurring during
the warranty period shall basically be repaired
free of charge.
• If any problems are experienced with this
instrument, the customer should contact the
Yokogawa representative from which this
instrument was purchased or the nearest
Yokogawa office.
• If a problem arises with this instrument,
please inform us of the nature of the problem
and the circumstances under which it
developed, including the model specification
and serial number. Any diagrams, data and
other information you can include in your
communication will also be helpful.
• The party responsible for the cost of fixing the
problem shall be determined by Yokogawa
following an investigation conducted by
Yokogawa.
• The purchaser shall bear the responsibility for
repair costs, even during the warranty period, if
the malfunction is due to:

- Improper and/or inadequate maintenance by


the purchaser.
- Malfunction or damage due to a failure
to handle, use, or store the instrument in
accordance with the design specifications.
- Use of the product in question in a location
not conforming to the standards specified by
Yokogawa, or due to improper maintenance
of the installation location.
- Failure or damage due to modification or
repair by any party except Yokogawa or an
approved representative of Yokogawa.
- Malfunction or damage from improper
relocation of the product in question after
delivery.
- Reason of force majeure such as fires,
earthquakes, storms/floods, thunder/
lightening, or other natural disasters, or
disturbances, riots, warfare, or radioactive
contamination.

IM 01C25B01-01E
<2. Handling Cautions> 2-1

2. Handling Cautions
This chapter provides important information on how 2.1 Model and Specifications
to handle the transmitter. Read this carefully before
using the transmitter.
Check
The model name and specifications are written on
The transmitters are thoroughly tested at the
the name plate attached to the case.
factory before shipment. When taking delivery of an
instrument, visually check them to make sure that
no damage occurred during shipment.
Also check that all transmitter mounting hardware
shown in figure 2.1 is included. If the transmitter
is ordered without the mounting bracket and the
process connector, the transmitter mounting
hardware will not be included. After checking the
transmitter, carefully repack it in its box and keep it
there until you are ready to install it. F0202.ai

Figure 2.2 Name Plate (EJX110A)


Bolt

Process connector 2.2 Unpacking


Keep the transmitter in its original packaging to
Process connector prevent it from being damaged during shipment.
Gasket
Do not unpack the transmitter until it reaches the
installation site.
U-bolt

2.3 Storage
The following precautions must be observed when
Mounting bracket storing the instrument, especially for a long period.
(L type)
(a) Select a storage area which meets the following
Transmitter mounting bolt
U-bolt nut conditions:
• It is not exposed to rain or subject to water
seepage/leaks.
• Vibration and shock are kept to a minimum.
• It has an ambient temperature and relative
humidity within the following ranges.
Ambient temperature:
–40* to 85°C without integral indicator
–30* to 80°C with integral indicator
* –15°C when /HE is specified.
Relative humidity:
Mounting bracket
(Flat type) 0% to 100% R.H.
F0201.ai
Preferred temperature and humidity:
Figure 2.1 Transmitter Mounting Hardware approx. 25°C and 65% R.H.

IM 01C25B01-01E
<2. Handling Cautions> 2-2
(b) When storing the transmitter, repack it carefully 2.5 Pressure Connection
in the packaging that it was originally shipped
with.
WARNING
(c) If the transmitter has been used, thoroughly
clean the chambers inside the cover flanges, so • Never loosen the process connector bolts
that there is no process fluid remaining inside. when an instrument is installed in a process.
Before placing it in storage, also make sure that The device is under pressure, and a loss of
the pressure-detector is securely connected to seal can result in a sudden and uncontrolled
the transmitter section. release of process fluid.
• When draining toxic process fluids that have
2.4 Selecting the Installation condensed inside the pressure detector,
take appropriate steps to prevent the contact
Location of such fluids with the skin or eyes and the
The transmitter is designed to withstand severe inhalation of vapors from these fluids.
environmental conditions. However, to ensure
that it will provide years of stable and accurate The following precautions must be observed
performance, take the following precautions when in order to safely operate the transmitter under
selecting the installation location. pressure.
(a) Ambient Temperature (a) Make sure that all the process connector bolts
Avoid locations subject to wide temperature are tightened firmly.
variations or a significant temperature gradient. (b) Make sure that there are no leaks in the impulse
If the location is exposed to direct sunlight or piping.
radiant heat from plant equipment, provide (c) Never apply a pressure higher than the
adequate shade, thermal insulation and/or specified maximum working pressure.
ventilation.
(b) Ambient Atmosphere 2.6 Waterproofing of Cable
Do not install the transmitter in a corrosive Conduit Connections
atmosphere. If this cannot be avoided, there
must be adequate ventilation as well as Apply a non-hardening sealant to the threads
measures to prevent the leaking of rain water to waterproof the transmitter cable conduit
and the presence of standing water in the connections. (See figure 6.8, 6.9 and 6.10.)
conduits.
(c) Shock and Vibration 2.7 Restrictions on Use of Radio
Although the transmitter is designed to be Transceivers
relatively resistant to shock and vibration, an
installation site should be selected where this is IMPORTANT
kept to a minimum.
Although the transmitter has been designed to
(d) Installation of Explosion-protected Transmitters
resist high frequency electrical noise, if a radio
An explosion-protected transmitters is
transceiver is used near the transmitter or its
certified for installation in a hazardous area
external wiring, the transmitter may be affected
containing specific gas types. See subsection
by high frequency noise pickup. To test this, start
2.9 “Installation of an Explosion-Protected
out from a distance of several meters and slowly
Transmitters.”
approach the transmitter with the transceiver
while observing the measurement loop for noise
effects. Thereafter use the transceiver outside
the range where the noise effects were first
observed.

IM 01C25B01-01E
<2. Handling Cautions> 2-3
2.8 Insulation Resistance and • Dielectric Strength Test

Dielectric Strength Test 1) Short-circuit the + and – SUPPLY terminals


in the terminal box. In case of 1 to 5 V output,
Since the transmitter has undergone insulation
short-circuit the SUPPLY+, SUPPLY – and A
resistance and dielectric strength tests at the factory
(VOUT +) terminals.
before shipment, normally these tests are not
2) Turn OFF the dielectric strength tester. Then
required. If the need arises to conduct these tests,
connect the tester between the shorted
heed the following:
SUPPLY terminals and the grounding terminal.
(a) Do not perform such tests more frequently than Be sure to connect the grounding lead of the
is absolutely necessary. Even test voltages that dielectric strength tester to the ground terminal.
do not cause visible damage to the insulation 3) Set the current limit on the dielectric strength
may degrade the insulation and reduce safety tester to 25 mA, then turn ON the power and
margins. gradually increase the test voltage from ‘0’ to
(b) Never apply a voltage exceeding 500 V DC the specified voltage.
(100 V DC with an internal lightning protector) 4) When the specified voltage is reached, hold it
for the insulation resistance test, nor a voltage for one minute.
exceeding 500 V AC (100 V AC with an internal 5) After completing this test, slowly decrease the
lightning protector) for the dielectric strength voltage to avoid any voltage surges.
test.
(c) Before conducting these tests, disconnect 2.9 Installation of an Explosion-
all signal lines from the transmitter terminals.
The procedure for conducting these tests is as
Protected Instrument
follows:
NOTE
• Insulation Resistance Test
For FOUNDATION Fieldbus explosion protected
1) Short-circuit the + and – SUPPLY terminals
type, please refer to IM 01C25T02-01E.
in the terminal box. In case of 1 to 5 V output,
For PROFIBUS PA explosion protected type,
short-circuit the SUPPLY+, SUPPLY – and A
please refer to IM 01C25T04-01EN.
(VOUT +) terminals.
2) Turn OFF the insulation tester. Then connect
If a customer makes a repair or modification to
the insulation tester plus (+) lead wire to the
an intrinsically safe or explosionproof instrument
shorted SUPPLY terminals and the minus (–)
and the instrument is not restored to its original
leadwire to the grounding terminal.
condition, its intrinsically safe or explosionproof
3) Turn ON the insulation tester power and
construction may be compromised and the
measure the insulation resistance. The voltage
instrument may be hazardous to operate. Please
should be applied as briefly as possible to verify
contact Yokogawa before making any repair or
that the insulation resistance is at least 20 MΩ.
modification to an instrument.
4) After completing the test and being very careful
not to touch exposed conductors disconnect the
insulation tester and connect a 100 kΩ resistor CAUTION
between the grounding terminal and the short-
This instrument has been tested and certified
circuiting SUPPLY terminals. Leave this resistor
as being intrinsically safe or explosionproof.
connected at least one second to discharge any
Please note that severe restrictions apply to this
static potential. Do not touch the terminals while
instrument’s construction, installation, external
it is discharging.
wiring, maintenance and repair. A failure to abide
by these restrictions could make the instrument a
hazard to operate.

IM 01C25B01-01E
<2. Handling Cautions> 2-4
2.9.1 FM Approval
WARNING
a. FM Intrinsically Safe/Nonincendive for
Maintaining the safety of explosionproof HART/BRAIN Protocol Type
equipment requires great care during mounting,
wiring, and piping. Safety requirements also Note 1. EJX/EJA-E Series pressure transmitters
place restrictions on maintenance and repair. with optional code /FS1 are applicable for
Please read the following sections very carefully. use in hazardous locations.
• Applicable Standard:
FM 3600:2011
FM 3610:2010
WARNING FM 3611:2004
The range setting switch must not be used in a FM 3810:2005
hazardous area. ANSI/ISA-60079-0-2009
ANSI/ISA-60079-11-2009
ANSI/ISA-61010-1-2004
NEMA 250:1991
IMPORTANT • Rating
For combined approval types Intrinsically Safe for
Once a device of multiple approval type is Class I, II, III Division 1,
installed, it should not be re-installed using any Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, G T4
other approval types. Apply a permanent mark Class I Zone 0 AEx ia IIC T4
in the check box of the selected approval type Nonincendive for
on the certification label on the transmitter to Class I, II, III Division 2
distinguish it from unused approval types. Groups A, B, C, D, F, G T4
Class I, Zone 2 Group IIC T4
• Ambient temperature: –60 to 60°C
IMPORTANT • Enclosure: Type 4X

All the blind plugs which accompany the EJX/ Note 2. Installation
EJA-E transmitters upon shipment from the Installation should be in accordance with
factory are certified by the applicable agency in Control Drawing IFM022-A12.
combination with those transmitters. The plugs Note 3. Specific conditions of use
which are marked with the symbols “◊ Ex” on Precautions shall be taken to minimize the risk
their surfaces are certified only in combination from electrostatic discharge of painted parts.
with the EJX/EJA-E series transmitters. When the enclosure of the Pressure
Transmitters is made of aluminum alloy, if it is
mounted in Zone 0, it shall be installed such
that, even in the event of rare incidents, an
ignition source due to impact and/or friction
sparks is excluded.
Note 4. Maintenance and Repair
Only personnel authorized by Yokogawa
Electric Corporation can repair the equipment.

IM 01C25B01-01E
<2. Handling Cautions> 2-5
Model: EJX Series Date: October 22, 2003 b. FM Explosionproof Type
Control Drawing

Caution for FM explosionproof type.


Note 1. EJX/EJA-E Series pressure transmitters
Class I, II, III, Division 1 with optional code /FF1 are applicable for
Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, G
Class I, Zone 0, Group IIC
General use in hazardous locations.
Associated Apparatus Purpose
EJX Series
Pressure T ransmitter (Safety Barrier) Equipment
• Applicable Standard: FM3600:2018,
Suppl
y
FM3615:2018, FM3810:2018,
NEMA 250:2003, ANSI/UL 61010-1:2012,
ANSI/UL 61010-2-30:2012
• Explosionproof for Class I, Division 1,
Class I, II, Division 2
Groups B, C and D.
• Dust-ignitionproof for Class II/III, Division 1,
Groups A, B, C, D, F, G
Class III, Division 1
Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC

Groups E, F and G.
General
EJX Series Purpose
Pressure T ransmitter Equipment

• Enclosure: Type 4X
Suppl
y
• Temperature Class: T6
(Refer to Note 4)
• Ambient Temperature: –40 to 60°C
• Supply Voltage: 42 V dc max.
32 V dc max. (FOUNDATION Fieldbus and
PROFIBUS PA type)
9 to 28 V dc, 27 mW (Low Power type)
• Output signal: 4 to 20 mA
15 mA (FOUNDATION Fieldbus and
Rev.2: July 16, 2019 Doc. No.: IFM022-A12 P.1
PROFIBUS PA type)
Yokogawa Electric Corporation
1 to 5 V (Low Power type)
Note 2. Wiring
Model: EJX Series Date: October 22, 2003
• All wiring shall comply with National Electrical
Specific conditions of use:
- Precautions shall be taken to minimize the risk from electrostatic discharge of Code ANSI/NFPA70 and Local Electrical
painted parts.
- When the enclosure of the Pressure Transmitters is made of aluminum alloy, if it is
mounted in Zone 0, it must be installed such that, even in the event of rare
Codes.
incidents, an ignition source due to impact and/or friction sparks is excluded.
• When installed in Division 1, “FACTORY
Entity Parameters [Groups: A, B, C, D, E, F and G]
Vmax: 30 V
Imax: 200 mA
SEALED, CONDUIT SEAL NOT
Pmax: 1 W
Ci: 6 nF REQUIRED.”
Li: 0 µH
Entity Parameters [Groups: C, D, E, F and G]
Vmax: 30 V
• Wiring connection for output signal code Q
Imax: 225 mA
Pmax: 1 W (Low Power type) shall follow the diagram
Ci: 6 nF
Li: 0 µH below.
Notes:
1. Installation must be in accordance with the National Electric Code (NFPA70), Pressure Transmitters
ANSI/ISA-RP12.06.01, and relevant local codes.
2. The Associated Apparatus must be FM -approved.
3. The following conditions must be satisfied. SUPPLY +
Voc (or Uo) ≤ Vmax
Voltmeter
Isc (or Io) ≤ Imax
Po ≤ Pmax
A Power Supply
Ca (or Co) ≥ Ci + Ccable
La (or Lo) ≥ Li + Lcable + +
4. In case Nonincendive Field Wiring Concept is used for the interconnection,
FM-approved Associated Nonincendive Field Wiring Apparatus, which meets the
above conditions, must be used as the General Purpose Equipment.
5. The General Purpose Equipment connected to the Associated Apparatus must not – –
use or generate a voltage more than Um of the Associated Apparatus.
6. The control drawing of the Associated Apparatus must be followe d when installing
the equipment. SUPPLY –
7. Dust-tight conduit seals must be used when installed in Class II or Class III
environments.
8. WARNING –ELECTROSTATIC CHARGE MAY CAUSE AN EXPLOSION HAZARD.
AVOID ANY ACTIONS THAT CAUSE THE GENERATION OF ELECTROSTATIC
Three-Wire Connection
CHARGE, SUCH AS RUBBING WITH A DRY CLOTH ON COATING FACE OF THE
PRODUCT.
9. WARNING – SUBSTITUTION OF COMPONENTS MAY IMPAIR INTRINSIC
Pressure Transmitters
SAFETY AND SUITABILITY FOR HAZARDOUS LOCATION
SUPPLY +
Voltmeter
A Power Supply
+ +
Rev.3: July 16, 2019 Doc. No.: IFM022-A12 P.2
– –
Yokogawa Electric Corporation

SUPPLY –

Four-Wire Connection
F0211.ai

IM 01C25B01-01E
<2. Handling Cautions> 2-6
Note 3. Operation 2.9.2 CSA Certification
• Keep the “WARNING” nameplate attached to
the transmitter. a. CSA Intrinsically Safe Type
WARNING: OPEN CIRCUIT BEFORE Caution for CSA Intrinsically safe and
REMOVING COVER. FACTORY SEALED, nonincendive type. (Following contents refer to
CONDUIT SEAL NOT REQUIRED. “DOC No. ICS013-A13”)
INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
USERS MANUAL IM 01C25. Note 1. EJX/EJA-E Series differential, gauge,
• Take care not to generate mechanical and absolute pressure transmitters with
sparking when accessing to the instrument optional code /CS1 are applicable for use
and peripheral devices in a hazardous in hazardous locations
location. Certificate: 1606623
Applicable Standard:
Note 4. Maintenance and Repair C22.2 No.0
• The instrument modification or parts C22.2 No.94
replacement by other than authorized C22.2 No.157
representative of Yokogawa Electric C22.2 No.213
Corporation is prohibited and will void C22.2 No.61010-1
Factory Mutual Explosionproof Approval. C22.2 No.61010-2-030
c. FM Intrinsically Safe Type/FM CAN/CSA-C22.2 60079-0:07
Explosionproof Type CAN/CSA-E60079-11:02
CAN/CSA-E60079-15:02
EJX/EJA-E Series pressure transmitters with
CAN/CSA-C22.2 No.60529
optional code /FU1 or /V1U1 can be selected
ANSI/ISA-12.27.01
the type of protection (FM Intrinsically Safe
[For Devision system]
or FM Explosionproof) for use in hazardous
• Intrinsically Safe for Class I, Division 1,
locations.
Groups A, B, C & D, Class II, Division 1,
Note 1. For the installation of this transmitter, Groups E, F & G, Class III, Division 1
once a particular type of protection is • Nonincendive for Class I, Division 2, Groups
selected, any other type of protection A, B, C & D, Class II, Division 2, Groups F &
cannot be used. The installation must be in G, Class III, Division 1
accordance with the description about the • Enclosure: Type 4X
type of protection in this instruction manual. • Temp. Code: T4
Note 2. In order to avoid confusion, cross out • Amb. Temp.:–50* to 60°C
* –15°C when /HE is specified.
unnecessary markings on the label other • Process Temperature: 120°C max.
than the selected type of protection when [For Zone system]
the transmitter is installed. • Ex ia IIC T4, Ex nL IIC T4
• Ambient Temperature: –50* to 60°C
* –15°C when /HE is specified.
• Max. Process Temp.: 120°C
• Enclosure: IP66/IP67

IM 01C25B01-01E
<2. Handling Cautions> 2-7
Note 2. Entity Parameters [Nonincendive]
• Intrinsically safe ratings are as follows: Hazardous Location Nonhazardous Location
Maximum Input Voltage (Vmax/Ui) = 30 V Group IIC, Zone 2
Maximum Input Current (Imax/Ii) = 200 mA Class I, II, Division 2,
CSA Certified
Groups A, B, C, D, F, G
Maximum Input Power (Pmax/Pi) = 0.9 W Class III, Division 1. Equipment
Maximum Internal Capacitance (Ci) = 10 nF ([nL] or
Pressure Transmitters nonincendive)
Maximum Internal Inductance (Li) = 0 µH
+ +
• Type "n" or Nonincendive ratings are as
Supply – –
follows:
Not Use
Maximum Input Voltage (Vmax/Ui) = 30 V Safety Barrier
Maximum Internal Capacitance (Ci) = 10 nF F0204-2.ai

Maximum Internal Inductance (Li) = 0 µH


• Installation Requirements b. CSA Explosionproof Type
Uo ≤ Ui, Io ≤ Ii, Po ≤ Pi, Caution for CSA explosionproof type.
Co ≥ Ci + Ccable, Lo ≥ Li + Lcable
Voc ≤ Vmax, Isc ≤ Imax, Note 1. EJX/EJA-E Series pressure transmitters
Ca ≥ Ci + Ccable, La ≥ Li + Lcable with optional code /CF1 are applicable for
Uo, Io, Po, Co, Lo, Voc, Isc, Ca and La are use in hazardous locations:
parameters of barrier. • Certificate: 2014354
• Applicable Standard:
Note 3. Installation C22.2 No. 25
• In any safety barreir used output current C22.2 No. 30
must be limited by a resistor 'R' such that CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 94
Io=Uo/R or Isc=Voc/R. CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 61010-1-12
• The safety barrier must be CSA certified. CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 61010-2-030-12
• Input voltage of the safety barrier must be CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 60079-0:07
less than 250 Vrms/Vdc. CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 60079-1:07
• Installation should be in accordance with CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 60529
Canadian Electrical Code Part I and Local ANSI/ISA-12.27.01
Electrical Code. • Explosion-proof for Class I, Groups B, C and
• Dust-tight conduit seal must be used when D.
installed in Class II and III environments. • Dustignition-proof for Class II/III, Groups E, F
• The instrument modification or parts and G.
replacement by other than authorized • Enclosure: Type 4X
representative of Yokogawa Electric • Temperature Code: T6...T4
Corporation and Yokogawa Corporation • Ex d IIC T6...T4
of America is prohibited and will void • Enclosure: IP66/IP67
Canadian Standards Intrinsically safe and • Maximum Process Temperature: 120°C (T4),
nonincendive Certification. 100°C (T5), 85°C (T6)
[Intrinsically Safe] • Ambient Temperature: –50* to 75°C (T4),
Hazardous Location Nonhazardous Location –50* to 80°C (T5), –50* to 75°C (T6)
Group IIC, Zone 0 * –15°C when /HE is specified.
Class I, II, III, Division 1, • Supply Voltage: 42 V dc max.
Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, G General
Purpose 32 V dc max. (FOUNDATION Fieldbus and
Pressure Transmitters Safety Barrier Equipment PROFIBUS PA type)
+ + + +
9 to 28 V dc, 27 mW (Low Power type)
Supply – – – –
• Output Signal: 4 to 20 mA dc
15 mA (FOUNDATION Fieldbus and
F0204-1.ai PROFIBUS PA type)
1 to 5 V (Low Power type)

IM 01C25B01-01E
<2. Handling Cautions> 2-8
Note 2. Wiring • Wiring connection for output signal code Q
• All wiring shall comply with Canadian (Low Power type) shall follow the diagram
Electrical Code Part I and Local Electrical below.
Codes. Pressure Transmitters
• In hazardous location, wiring shall be in SUPPLY +
conduit as shown in the figure. A
Voltmeter
Power Supply
• WARNING:
+ +
A SEAL SHALL BE INSTALLED WITHIN
45cm OF THE ENCLOSURE. – –
UN SCELLEMENT DOIT ÊTRE INSTALLÉ À SUPPLY –
MOINS DE 45cm DU BOÎTIER.
Three-Wire Connection
• WARNING:
WHEN INSTALLED IN CL.I, DIV 2, SEAL Pressure Transmitters

NOT REQUIRED. SUPPLY +


Voltmeter
UNE FOIS INSTALLÉ DANS CL I, DIV 2, A Power Supply
AUCUN JOINT N'EST REQUIS. + +
Non-Hazardous Hazardous Locations Division 1
Locations – –
Non-hazardous SUPPLY –
Location
Equipment 45 cm Max. Four-Wire Connection
F0212.ai

Note 3. Operation
42 V DC Max. Conduit
4 to 20 mA DC Sealing Fitting • WARNING:
Signal
Transmitter AFTER DE-ENERGIZING, DELAY 5
F0205-1.ai MINUTES BEFORE OPENING.
Non-Hazardous Hazardous Locations Division 2
APRÉS POWER-OFF, ATTENDRE 5
Locations MINUTES AVANT D'OUVRIR.
Non-hazardous • WARNING:
Location WHEN AMBIENT TEMPERATURE ≥ 65°C,
Equipment
USE THE HEAT-RESISTING CABLES ≥
90°C.
42 V DC Max. QUAND LA TEMPÉRATURE AMBIANTE
4 to 20 mA DC Sealing Fitting
Signal
≥ 65°C, UTILISEZ DES CÂBLES
Transmitter RÉSISTANTES Á LA CHALEUR ≥ 90°C.
F0205-2.ai
• Take care not to generate mechanical
• All wiring shall comply with local installation sparking when accessing to the instrument
requirements and local electrical code. and peripheral devices in a hazardous
• In hazardous locations, the cable entry location.
devices shall be of a certified flameproof Note 4. Maintenance and Repair
type, suitable for the conditions of use and • The instrument modification or parts
correctly installed. replacement by other than authorized
• Unused apertures shall be closed with representative of Yokogawa Electric
suitable flameproof certified blanking Corporation and Yokogawa Corporation of
elements. (The plug attached is flameproof America is prohibited and will void Canadian
certified.) Standards Explosionproof Certification.

IM 01C25B01-01E
<2. Handling Cautions> 2-9
c CSA Intrinsically Safe Type/CSA • Process Temperature (Tp.): 120°C max.
Explosionproof Type • Maximum Surface Temperature for EPL Db:
T85°C (Tp.: 80°C)
EJX/EJA-E Series pressure transmitters with
T100°C (Tp.: 100°C)
optional code /CU1 or /V1U1 can be selected
T120°C (Tp.: 120°C)
the type of protection (CSA Intrinsically Safe
• Enclosure: IP66 / IP67
or CSA Explosionproof) for use in hazardous
To satisfy IP66 or IP67, apply waterproof
locations.
glands to the electrical connection port.
Note 1. For the installation of this transmitter,
Note 2 Electrical Data
once a particular type of protection is
• In type of explosion protection intrinsic safety
selected, any other type of protection
Ex ia IIC or Ex ia IIIC, only for connection to a
cannot be used. The installation must be in
certified intrinsically safe circuit with following
accordance with the description about the
maximum values:
type of protection in this instruction manual.
Ui = 30 V
Note 2. For combined approval types, once a Ii = 200 mA
device of multiple approval type is installed, Pi = 0.9 W
it should not be re-installed using any (Linear Source)
other approval types. Apply a permanent Maximum internal capacitance; Ci = 27.6 nF
mark in the check box of the selected Maximum internal inductance; Li = 0 µH
approval type on the certification label on
Note 3. Installation
the transmitter to distinguish it from unused
• Refer to the control drawing. All wiring shall
approval types.
comply with local installation requirements.
2.9.3 ATEX Certification [Control Drawing]

Hazardous Location Nonhazardous Location


(1) Technical Data
Pressure Transmitters
+ +
a. ATEX Intrinsically Safe Ex ia Supply Safety Barrier *1
– –
Caution for ATEX Intrinsically safe type.
Note 1. EJX/EJA-E Series pressure transmitters
with optional code /KS21 for use in
hazardous locations: F0206.ai

*1: Any safety barriers must be a linear power source


• No. DEKRA 11ATEX0228 X whose output current is resistively limited.
• Applicable Standard:
EN 60079-0:2012+A11:2013 Note 4. Maintenance and Repair
EN 60079-11:2012 • The instrument modification or parts
• Type of Protection and Marking code: replacement by other than authorized
Ex ia IIC T4 Ga representative of Yokogawa Electric
Ex ia IIIC T85 ºC T100 ºC T120 ºC Db Corporation is prohibited and will void
• Group: II DEKRA Intrinsically safe Certification.
• Category: 1G, 2D
• Ambient Temperature for EPL Ga:
–50 to 60°C
• Ambient Temperature for EPL Db:
–30* to 60°C
* –15°C when /HE is specified.

IM 01C25B01-01E
<2. Handling Cautions> 2-10
Note 5. Special Conditions for Safe Use • Temperature Class for gas-poof:
T6, T5, and T4
WARNING • Ambient Temperature for gas-proof:
–50 to 75°C (T6), –50 to 80°C (T5), and
• When the enclosure of the Pressure –50 to 75°C (T4)
Transmitter is made of aluminum, if it • Process Temperature (Tp.) for gas-proof:
is mounted in an area where the use of –50 to 85°C (T6), –50 to 100°C (T5), and
category 1G equipment is required, it must –50 to 120°C (T4)
be installed such, that, even in the event of • Maximum Surface Temperature for dust-proof:
rare incidents, ignition sources due to impact T85°C (Tamb.: –30* to 75°C, Tp.: –30* to
and friction sparks are excluded. 85°C)
• Electrostatic charges on the coated parts of * –15°C when /HE is specified.
Pressure Transmitter shall be avoided.
Note 2. Electrical Data
• Electrostatic charge may cause an exlosion
• Supply voltage: 42 V dc max.
hazard. Avoid any actions that cause the
32 V dc max. (FOUNDATION Fieldbus and
generation of electrostatic charge, such as
PROFIBUS PA type)
rubbing with a dry cloth on coating face of
9 to 28 V dc, 27 mW (Low Power type)
the product.
9 to 30 V dc, 250 mW (RS485 Modbus
• In case of the enclosure of the Pressure
Communication Type)
Transmitter with paint layers, if it is mounted
• Output signal: 4 to 20 mA
in an area where the use of category 2D
15 mA (FOUNDATION Fieldbus and
equipment is required, it shall be installed
PROFIBUS PA type)
in such a way that the risk from electrostatic
1 to 5 V (Low Power type)
discharges and propagating brush
RS485 Modbus (RS485 Modbus
discharges caused by rapid flow of dust is
Communication Type)
avoided.
Note 3. For combined approval types Once a
device of multiple approval type is installed,
b. ATEX Flameproof Type it should not be re-installed using any other
Caution for ATEX flameproof type. approval types. Apply a permanent mark in
the check box of the selected approval type
Note 1. EJX/EJA-E Series pressure transmitters on the ertification label on the transmitter to
with optional code /KF22 are applicable for distinguish it from unused approval types.
use in hazardous locations.
• No. KEMA 07ATEX0109 X Note 4. Installation
• Applicable Standard: • All wiring shall comply with local installation
EN IEC 60079-0 requirement.
EN 60079-1, EN 60079-31 • In order to prevent the earthing conductor
• Type of Protection and Marking Code: from loosening, the conductor must be
Ex db IIC T6...T4 Gb, Ex tb IIIC T85°C Db secured to the terminal, tightening the screw
• Group: II with appropriate torque. Care must be taken
• Category: 2G, 2D not to twist the conductor.
• Enclosure: IP66 / IP67 • Cable glands, adapters and/or blanking
elements with a suitable IP rating shall
be of Ex d IIC/Ex tb IIIC certified by ATEX
and shall be installed so as to maintain the
specific degree of protection (IP Code) of the
equipment.

IM 01C25B01-01E
<2. Handling Cautions> 2-11
• Wiring connection for output signal code Q Note 7. Specific Conditions of Use
(Low Power type) shall follow the diagram
below. WARNING
Pressure Transmitters
• Electrostatic charge may cause an explosion
SUPPLY +
Voltmeter hazard. Avoid any actions that cause the
A Power Supply generation of electrostatic charge, such as
+ + rubbing with a dry cloth on coating face of
– – the product.
• In the case where the enclosure of the
SUPPLY –
Pressure Transmitter is made of aluminium,
Three-Wire Connection if it is mounted in an area where the use of
Pressure Transmitters category 2D apparatus is required, it shall
SUPPLY + be installed in such a way that the risk from
A
Voltmeter electrostatic discharges and propagating
Power Supply
brush discharges caused by rapid flow of
+ +
dust is avoided.
– – • The flame paths differ from the standard
SUPPLY – values in EN 60079-1. Repair of the
equipment is only allowed when done
Four-Wire Connection
F0213.ai by the manufacturer or an authorized
representative.
Note 5. Operation • The fasteners used to fasten the transmitter
• Keep the “WARNING” label attached to the enclosure onto the sensor capsule is special
transmitter. fastener, and the property class of it is
WARNING: AFTER DE-ENERGIZING, A2-50(A4-50) or more.
DELAY 5 MINUTES BEFORE OPENING. • For transmitters with a membrane made of
WHEN THE AMBIENT TEMP.≥65°C, USE titanium, ignition hazard due to impact and
HEAT-RESISTING CABLE AND CABLE friction on the membranes shall be avoided.
GLAND ≥90°C. • Maximum Surface Temperature for dust-proof:
• Take care not to generate mechanical T85°C (Tamb.: –30* to 75°C, Tp.: –30* to 85°C)
sparking when accessing to the instrument * –15°C when /HE is specified.
and peripheral devices in a hazardous
location.
c. ATEX Intrinsically Safe Type/ATEX
Note 6. Maintenance and Repair Flameproof Type
• Warning:When maintenance and repair are
performed, confirm the following conditions EJX/EJA-E Series pressure transmitters with
and the then perform works. optional code /KU22 or /V1U1 can be selected
Confirm the power supply is cut off and the type of protection ATEX Flameproof,
the voltage of power supply terminal is not Intrinsically Safe. Ex ia, or Ex ic for use in
supplied. hazardous area.
• Only personnel authorized by Yokogawa Note 1. For the installation of this transmitter,
Electric Corporation can repair the once a particular type of protection is
equipment in accordance with the relevant selected, any other type of protection
standards: IEC / EN 60079-19 (Equipment cannot be used. The installation must be in
repair, overhaul and reclamation) and accordance with the description about the
IEC / EN 60079-17 (Electrical installation type of protection in this user’s manual.
inspection and maintenance); otherwise the
certification will be voided.

IM 01C25B01-01E
<2. Handling Cautions> 2-12
Note 2. For combined approval types Once a Note 3. Maintenance and Repair
device of multiple approval type is installed, • The instrument modification or parts
it should not be re-installed using any replacement by other than authorized
other approval types. Apply a permanent representative of Yokogawa Electric
mark in the check box of the selected Corporation is prohibited and will void ATEX
approval type on the certification label on intrinsically safe.
the transmitter to distinguish it from unused [Control drawing]
approval types. Hazardous Area Nonhazardous Area
● ATEX Intrinsically Safe Ex ic
+
Pressure Associated
Caution for ATEX intrinsically safe Ex ic Transmitters – Apparatus
• Applicable Standard:
EN 60079-0:2012+A11:2013
EN 60079-11:2012
F0207.ai
• Type of Protection and Marking Code:
II 3G Ex ic IIC T4 Gc Note 4. Specific Conditions of Use
• Ambient Temperature: –30* to +60°C
* –15°C when /HE is specified.
• Ambient Humidity:
WARNING
0 to 100% (No condensation) • Electrostatic charge may cause an explosion
• Maximum Process Temperature: 120°C hazard. Avoid any actions that cause the
• IP Code: IP66 generation of electrostatic charge, such as
• Ambient pollution degree: 2 rubbing with a dry cloth on coating face of
• Overvoltage category: I the product.
Note 1. Electrical Data • When the lightning protector option is
Ui = 30 V specified, the apparatus is not capable
Ci = 27.6 nF of withstanding the 500V insulation test
Li = 0 µH required by EN60079-11. This must be taken
into account when installing the apparatus.
Note 2. Installation
• All wiring shall comply with local installation
requirements. (refer to the control drawing)
• Cable glands, adapters and/or blanking
elements shall be of Ex “n”, Ex “e” or Ex “d”
and shall be installed so as to maintain the
specified degree of protection (IP Code) of
the transmitters.

IM 01C25B01-01E
<2. Handling Cautions> 2-13
(2) Electrical Connection (6) Name Plate
A mark indicating the electrical connection type  Name plate
is stamped near the electrical connection port.
These marks are as followed.
Screw Size Marking
ISO M20 × 1.5 female M
 Tag plate for flameproof type
ANSI 1/2 NPT female N or W
No. KEMA 07ATEX0109 X Enlcosure : IP66/IP67
 Ex db IIC T6...T4 Gb
TEMP. CLASS T6 T5 T4
PROCESS TEMP.(Tp.) -50 TO 85 100 120 °C
Tamb. -50 TO 75 80 75 °C
 Ex tb IIIC T85°C Db
T85°C(Tamb.:-30(-15) TO 75°C, Tp.:-30(-15) TO 85°C)

*3 D
WARNING

Location of the mark

AFTER DE-ENERGIZING, DELAY 5 MINUTES BEFORE


F0208.ai OPENING.
WHEN THE AMBIENT TEMP. ≥ 65°C, USE THE
HEAT-RESISTING CABLE & CABLE GLAND ≥ 90°C
POTENTIAL ELECTROSTATIC CHARGING HAZARD - SEE THE USER’S MANUAL

(3) Installation  Tag plate for intrinsically safe type EX ia


No. DEKRA 11ATEX 0228 X
Ex ia IIC T4 Ga Ta: -50 TO 60°C
Ex ia IIIC T85°C T100°C T120°C Db Ta:-30(-15) TO 60°C

WARNING
IP66/IP67
MAX. PROCESS TEMP.(Tp.) 120°C
T85°C(Tp.:80°C), T100°C(Tp.:100°C), T120°C(Tp.:120°C)
Ui=30V, Ii=200mA , Pi=0.9W, Ci=27.6nF, Li=0µH

• All wiring shall comply with local installation *3 D

requirements and the local electrical code. WARNING

• There is no need for conduit seal in Division


1 and Division 2 hazardous locations POTENTIAL ELECTROSTATIC
CHARGING HAZARD
- SEE USER’S MANUAL

because this product is sealed at the factory.  Tag plate for intrinsically safe Ex ic
Ex ic IIC T4 Gc
IP66
Tamb -30(-15) TO 60°C
MAX. PROCESS TEMP. 120°C
Ui=30V, Ci=27.6nF, Li=0µH

(4) Operation

WARNING
WARNING
POTENTIAL ELECTROSTATIC

• OPEN CIRCUIT BEFORE REMOVING CHARGING HAZARD


- SEE USER’S MANUAL

COVER. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH F0209.ai

THIS USER’S MANUAL MODEL: Specified model code.


• Take care not to generate mechanical STYLE: Style code.
sparking when access to the instrument and SUFFIX: Specified suffix code.
peripheral devices in a hazardous location. SUPPLY: Supply voltage.
OUTPUT: Output signal.
MWP: Maximum working pressure.
(5) Maintenance and Repair CAL RNG: Specified calibration range.
NO.: Serial number and year of production*1.
WARNING TOKYO 180-8750 JAPAN:
The manufacturer name and the address*2.
The instrument modification or parts replacement *1: The first digit in the three numbers next to the nine
by other than an authorized Representative of letters of the serial number appearing after “NO.”
on the nameplate indicates the year of production.
Yokogawa Electric Corporation is prohibited and The following is an example of a serial number for a
will void the certification. product that was produced in 2010:
91K819857 032

The year 2010


*2: “180-8750” is a zip code which represents the
following address.
2-9-32 Nakacho, Musashino-shi, Tokyo Japan
*3: The identification number of Notified Body.

IM 01C25B01-01E
<2. Handling Cautions> 2-14
2.9.4 IECEx Certification • Input voltage of the safety barrier must be
less than 250 Vrms/Vdc.
EJX Series pressure transmitters with optional
• The instrument modification or parts
code /SU21 can be selected the type of
replacement by other than authorized
protection (IECEx Intrinsically Safe Ex ia, Ex ic
representative of Yokogawa Electric
or flameproof) for use in hazardous locations.
Corporation is prohibited and will void IECEx
Note 1. For the installation of this transmitter, certification.
once a particular type of protection is [Ex ia]
selected, any other type of protection Hazardous Location Nonhazardous Location
cannot be used. The installation must be in Group IIC, Zone 0
accordance with the description about the
EJX/EJA-E Series IECEx certified
type of protection in this instruction manual. Pressure Transmitters Safety Barrier
+ +
Note 2. For combined approval types, once a
device of multiple approval type is installed, Supply – –

it should not be re-installed using any


other approval types. Apply a permanent (*1)
mark in the check box of the selected *1: When using non isolation barrier,
connect (*1) to IS barrier system.
approval type on the certification label on F0216.ai

the transmitter to distinguish it from unused


Note 4. Specific Condition of Use
approval types.
a. IECEx Intrinsically Safe Ex ia WARNING
Caution for IECEx Intrinsically safe Ex ia.
• Electrostatic charge may cause an explosion
Note 1. EJX/EJA-E series pressure transmitters hazard. Avoid any actions that cause the
with optional code /SU21 are applicable for generation of electrostatic charge, such as
use in hazardous locations rubbing with a dry cloth on coating face of
• No. IECEx DEK 11.0081X the product.
• Applicable Standard: • When the enclosure of the pressure
IEC 60079-0:2011, IEC 60079-11:2011 transmitter is made of aluminum, if it is
• Ex ia IIC T4 Ga mounted in an area where the use of
• Ambient Temperature: –50 to 60°C EPL Ga equipment is required, it must be
• Max. Process Temp.: 120°C installed such, that, even in the event of rare
• Enclosure: IP66/IP67 incidents, ignition sources due to impact and
To satisfy IP66 or IP67, apply waterproof friction sparks are excluded.
glands to the electrical connection port. • Electrostatic charges on the coated parts of
Pressure Transmitter shall be avoided.
Note 2. Electrical Data
Maximum Input Voltage (Ui) = 30 V
Maximum Input Current (Ii) = 200 mA b. IECEx Intrinsically Safe Ex ic
Maximum Input Power (Pi) = 0.9 W (linear source)
Maximum Internal Capacitance (Ci) = 27.6 nF Caution for IECEx Intrinsically safe Ex ic.
Maximum Internal Inductance (Li) = 0 μH Note 1. EJX/EJA-E series pressure transmitters
When the lightning protector option is specified, with optional code /SU21 are applicable for
the apparatus is not capable of withstanding the use in hazardous locations
500V insulation test required by IEC60079-11. • No. IECEx DEK 13.0061X
This must be taken into account when installing • Applicable Standard: IEC 60079-0:2011,
the apparatus. IEC 60079-11:2011
• Ex ic IIC T4 Gc
Note 3. Installation • Ambient Temperature: –30* to 60°C
• In any safety barrier used output current * -15 °C when /HE is specified.
must be limited by a resistor ‘R’ such that • Max. Process Temp.: 120°C
Io=Uz/R. • IP Code: IP66
• The safety barrier must be IECEx certified. • Overvoltage Category: I

IM 01C25B01-01E
<2. Handling Cautions> 2-15
Note 2. Electrical Data c. IECEx Flameproof Type
Maximum Input Voltage (Ui) = 30 V
Caution for IECEx flameproof type.
Maximum Internal Capacitance (Ci) = 27.6 nF
Maximum Internal Inductance (Li) = 0 μH Note 1. EJX/EJA-E Series pressure transmitters
with optional code /SF2 or /SU21 are
Note 3. Installation
applicable for use in hazardous locations:
• The pressure transmitter is allowed to
• No. IECEx CSA 07.0008
be installed in “nL” systems, on condition
• Applicable Standard: IEC60079-0:2011,
that the output parameters of “nL” source
IEC60079-1:2007-4
(associated energy-limited apparatus)
• Flameproof for Zone 1, Ex d IIC T6...T4 Gb
are suitable to the above mentioned input
• Enclosure: IP66/IP67
parameters of the pressure transmitter and
• Maximum Process Temperature: 120°C (T4),
the cable parameters.
100°C (T5), 85°C (T6)
• Cable glands, adapters and/or blanking
• Ambient Temperature: –50 to 75°C (T4),
elements shall be of Ex “n”, Ex “e” or Ex
–50 to 80°C (T5), –50 to 75°C (T6)
“d” and shall be installed so as to maintain
• Supply Voltage: 42 V dc max.
the specified degree of protection of the
32 V dc max. (FOUNDATION Fieldbus and
equipment.
PROFIBUS PA type)
• The instrument modification or parts
9 to 28 V dc, 27 mW (Low Power type)
replacement by other than authorized
• Output Signal: 4 to 20 mA dc
representative of Yokogawa Electric
15 mA (FOUNDATION Fieldbus and
Corporation is prohibited and will void IECEx
PROFIBUS PA type)
certification.
1 to 5 V (Low Power type)
[Ex ic]
Hazardous Location Nonhazardous Location Note 2. Wiring
• In hazardous locations, the cable entry
EJX/EJA-E Series Associated apparatus devices shall be of a certified flameproof
Pressure Transmitters
type, suitable for the conditions of use and
+ + correctly installed.
Supply
– – • Unused apertures shall be closed with
suitable flameproof certified blanking
F0217.ai
elements.
• Wiring connection for output signal code Q
Note 4. Specific Condition of Use
(Low Power type) shall follow the diagram
below.
WARNING
Pressure Transmitters
• Electrostatic charge may cause an explosion SUPPLY +
hazard. Avoid any actions that cause the Voltmeter
A Power Supply
generation of electrostatic charge, such as + +
rubbing with a dry cloth on coating face of
the product. – –

• The apparatus is not capable of dielectric SUPPLY –


strength tests required by IEC 60079-11. Three-Wire Connection
This must be taken into account when
Pressure Transmitters
installing the apparatus.
SUPPLY +
Voltmeter
A Power Supply
+ +

– –

SUPPLY –

Four-Wire Connection
F0214.ai

IM 01C25B01-01E
<2. Handling Cautions> 2-16
Note 3. Operation 2.10 EMC Conformity Standards
• WARNING:
AFTER DE-ENERGIZING, DELAY 5 EN 61326-1 Class A, Table2
MINUTES BEFORE OPENING. EN 61326-2-3
• WARNING: EN 61326-2-5 (for Fieldbus)
WHEN THE AMBIENT TEMP.≥65°C, USE Immunity influence during the test
HEAT-RESISTING CABLE AND CABLE Differential pressure / Pressure: Output shift is
GLAND ≥90°C. specified within ±1% of 1/20 Max span.
• Take care not to generate mechanical Static pressure: Output shift is specified within
sparking when accessing to the instrument ±2% of 1 MPa span.
and peripheral devices in a hazardous Status Output Line*: Continues to operate
location. without reversal.
*: Only for /AL option.
• Electrostatic charge may cause an explosion Condition for EMC test for FOUNDATION fieldbus
hazard. Avoid any actions that cause the type: The shield of the cable and the case
generation of electrostatic charge, such as are connected with a capacitor of 10 nF.
rubbing with a dry cloth on coating face of the
product.
CAUTION
Note 4. Maintenance and Repair
• The instrument modification or parts To meet EMC regulations, Yokogawa
replacement by other than authorized recommends that customers run signal wiring
representative of Yokogawa Electric through metal conduits or use shielded twisted-
Corporation is prohibited and will void IECEx pair cabling when installing EJX/EJA-E series
Certification. transmitters in a plant.
• Electrical Connection This equipment is a Class A product, and it is
A mark indicating the electrical connection designed for use in the industrial environment.
type is stamped near the electrical Please use this instrument in the industrial
connection port. These marks are as environment only.
followed.
Screw Size Marking
ISO M20 × 1.5 female M
2.11 Pressure Equipment
ANSI 1/2 NPT female N or W Directive (PED)
(1) General
• EJX/EJA-E Series pressure transmitters are
categorized as piping under the pressure
accessories section of directive 2014/68/EU,
Location of the mark which corresponds to Article 4, Paragraph 3 of
PED, denoted as Sound Engineering Practice
F0215.ai
(SEP).
• EJX110A-MS, EJX110A-HS,
EJX110A-VS, EJ130, EJ440, and
EJA110E with /HG can be used above 200
bar and therefore considered as a part of a
pressure retaining vessel where category III,
Module H applies. These models with option
code /PE3 conform to that category.

IM 01C25B01-01E
<2. Handling Cautions> 2-17
(2) Technical Data (3) Operation
• Models without /PE3
Article 4, Paragraph 3 of PED, denoted as CAUTION
Sound Engineering Practice (SEP).
• Models with /PE3 • The temperature and pressure of fluid should
Module: H be maintained at levels that are consistent
Type of Equipment: Pressure Accessory-Vessel with normal operating conditions.
Type of fluid: Liquid and Gas • The ambient temperature should be
Group of fluid: 1 and 2 maintained at a level that is consistent with
normal operating conditions.
Capsule PS*1 PS.V • Please take care to prevent water hammer
Model V(L) Category*2
code (bar) (bar.L)
and the like from inducing excessive
EJA110E M, H, V
160 0.01 1.6 pressures in pipes and valves. If phenomena
EJ110 F, L are likely, install a safety valve or take
Article 4,
EJX110A Paragraph 3 some other appropriate measure to prevent
EJA110E (SEP) pressure from exceeding PS.
M, H, V 250 0.01 2.5
with code • Take appropriate measures at the device or
/HG system level to protect transmitters if they
EJ110 are to be operated near an external heat
with code M, H, V 250 0.01 2.5 III source.
/PE3
Article 4,
EJ130 M, H 500 0.01 5.0 Paragraph 3
(SEP) 2.12 EU RoHS Directive
EJ130
with code M, H 500 0.01 5.0 III Applicable standard: EN 50581
/PE3 Applicable production sites are shown below.
Article 4,
The condition of the RoHS compliant production
EJ310 L, M, A, B 160 0.01 1.6 Paragraph 3
(SEP) sites are as follows:
Article 4, Japan, USA, Germany, Bahrain, India
EJ430 H, A, B 160 0.01 1.6 Paragraph 3
(SEP) The production sites can be confirmed by the
Article 4, serial number shown in the frame of “NO.” in
EJ440 C, D 500 0.1 5.0 Paragraph 3 the name plate of the product.
(SEP)
EJ440 Serial numbers (9 letters): AAnnnnnnn
with code C, D 500 0.1 5.0 III AA: Identification code of production site
/PE3
Japan: Use “91” USA: Use “U1”
*1: PS is maximum pressure for vessel itself based on
Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU. Refer to
Germany: Use “D1” Bahrain: Use “BH”
General Specification for maximum working pressure of a India: Use “Y1”
transmitter.
*2: Referred to Table 1 covered by ANNEX II of EC Directive
on Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU.

IM 01C25B01-01E
<2. Handling Cautions> 2-18
2.13 Safety Requirement
Standards
Applicable standard: EN 61010-1, C22.2 No.61010-1
(1) Pollution Degree 2
"Pollution degree" describes the degree to
which a solid, liquid, or gas which deteriorates
dielectric strength or surface resistivity is
adhering. " 2 " applies to normal indoor
atmosphere. Normally, only non-conductive
pollution occurs. Occasionally, however,
temporary conductivity caused by condensation
must be expected.
(2) Installation Category I
"Overvoltage category (Installation category)"
describes a number which defines a transient
overvoltage condition. It implies the regulation
for impulse withstand voltage. " I " applies to
electrical equipment which is supplied from the
circuit when appropriate transient overvoltage
control means (interfaces) are provided.
(3) Indoor/Outdoor use
It can be used in indoors and outdoors.
(4) Altitude of installation site
Max. 5,000 m above sea level

IM 01C25B01-01E
<3. Component Names> 3-1

3. Component Names
Vertical impulse piping type

Pressure-detector section
Terminal box cover

Cover flange
Horizontal impulse piping type

External indicator
conduit connection (Note 1)

Conduit
connection

Zero-
adjustment
screw
(Note 2)
Push button (Note 1) Slide switch
(See section 7.6)
Integral
indicator (Note 1)
Vent plug

CPU assembly
Drain plug
Process
Burnout direction switch Process connection
connector (Note 1)

Mounting screw BO H L
WR E D
Transmitter section
Amplifier Cover Write protection switch

Burnout direction switch (BO) Hardware write protection switch (WR)

Burnout Direction H L H L Write Protection H L H L


Switch Position Switch Position E D E D

NO YES
Burnout Direction HIGH LOW Write Protection (Write enabled) (Write disabled)
F0301.ai

Note 1: See General Specifications sheet of each product for details. A process connector will not be applied for lower side of
EJ310, EJ430, and EJ440.
Note 2: Applicable for BRAIN/HART communication type. Set the switches as shown in the figure above to set the burn-out direction
and write protection. The Burnout switch is set to the H side for delivery (unless option code /C1 or /C2 is specified in the order),
and the hardware write protection switch is set to E side. The setting of the switches can be confirmed via communication. An
external zero adjustment screw can only be disabled by communication. To disable the screw, set a parameter before activating
the hardware write protect function. See each communication manual.
Figure 3.1 Component Names

Table 3.1 Display Symbol


Display Symbol Meaning of Display Symbol
Display mode is ‘square root’. (Display is not lit when ‘linear’ mode.)
The output signal being zero-adjusted is increasing.
Besides, this symbol lights when local parameter setting is in progress.
The output signal being zero-adjusted is decreasing.
Besides, this symbol lights when local parameter setting is in progress.
Write protect function is enabled.
F0302.ai

IM 01C25B01-01E
<4. Installation> 4-1

4. Installation
4.1 Precautions
Before installing the transmitter, read the cautionary
notes in section 2.4, “Selecting the Installation
Location.” For additional informations and
limitations according to the selected model, suffix 57 mm 54 mm 51 mm
and option codes, please find information in each F0401.ai

General Specifications sheet. Figure 4.1 Process Connector Impulse Piping


Connection Distances for Differential
Pressure Transmitters
IMPORTANT
Figure 4.1 and 4.2 shows the mounting of the
• When welding piping during construction, transmitter for horizontal piping and vertical piping
take care not to allow welding currents to with using the mounting bracket. The transmitters
flow through the transmitter. with the installation code -U (Universal flange) can
• Do not step on this instrument after be used for either type of mounting.
installation.
Vertical pipe mounting
• For the EJ430 and EJ440, the
atmospheric opening is located on the low
pressure side cover flange. The opening
must not face upward.
• When installing a process connector, make Transmitter
mounting bolt
sure that no foreign matter has adhered to
the seal surface of the gasket (or O-ring)
before assembly. If foreign matter adheres,
it may lead to leaks. In the case of O-rings,
it is known that the sealing performance can
be improved by applying grease. If grease is U-bolt nut

not used, make sure that no foreign matter is


Mounting bracket
attached. U-bolt
50 mm(2-inch) pipe

4.2 Mounting Horizontal pipe mounting

■ The transmitter is shipped with the process


connection, according to the ordering
specifications. To change the orientation of the Transmitter
process connections, refer to section 4.3. mounting bolt
■ With differential pressure transmitters,
the distance between the impulse piping
connection ports is usually 54 mm (figure 4.1).
By changing the orientation of the process
connector, the dimension can be changed to 51 U-bolt nut
mm or 57 mm.
■ The transmitter can be mounted on a nominal Mounting bracket
U-bolt
50 mm (2-inch) pipe using the mounting
50 mm(2-inch) pipe
bracket supplied, as shown in figure 4.2 and F0402.ai

4.3 The transmitter can be mounted on either a Figure 4.2 Transmitter Mounting (Horizontal
Impulse Piping Type)
horizontal or a vertical pipe.
■ When mounting the bracket on the transmitter,
tighten the (four) bolts that hold the transmitter
with a torque of approximately 39 N·m {4kgf·m}.

IM 01C25B01-01E
<4. Installation> 4-2
Vertical pipe mounting 4.3 Changing the Process
(Process connector downside)
Connection
Transmitter
mounting bolt The transmitter is shipped with the process
connection specified at the time of ordering. To
Mounting bracket
change the process connection, the drain (vent)
50 mm(2-inch) pipe plug must be repositioned.
U-bolt nut
U-bolt To reposition a drain (vent) plug, use a wrench to
slowly and gently unscrew it. Then, remove and
remount it on the opposite side. Wrap sealing tape
around the drain (vent) plug threads (*1 in the figure
below), and apply a lubricant to the threads of the
drain (vent) screw(s) (*2 below). To tighten the drain
(vent) plugs, apply a torque of 34 to 39 N·m (3.5 to 4
kgf·m). Process connector bolts are to be tightened
Vertical pipe mounting uniformly to a torque shown in table 4.1.
(Process connector upside)
Table 4.1 Torque
EJ110
EJ120 EJ440
Model EJ130
Mounting bracket EJ310 C capsule D capsule
EJ430
50 mm(2-inch) pipe Torque(N·m) 49 to 59
39 to 49 {4 to 5}
{kgf·m} {5 to 6}
U-bolt nut
U-bolt Vertical impulse piping type Horizontal impulse piping type

Bolt
Transmitter
mounting bolt F0403.ai Process gasket
connector
Figure 4.3 Transmitter Mounting (Vertical Impulse
Piping Type)

*1
Vent/Drain plug *2 Note: For a horizontal impulse
piping type, moving the
process connectors from
the front side to the
back cannot be made.
F0404.ai

Figure 4.4 Changing Process Connection

IMPORTANT
When installing a process connector, make
sure that no foreign matter has adhered to the
seal surface of the gasket (or O-ring) before
assembly. If foreign matter adheres, it may lead
to leaks. In the case of O-rings, it is known that
the sealing performance can be improved by
applying grease. If grease is not used, make
sure that no foreign matter is attached.

IM 01C25B01-01E
<4. Installation> 4-3
4.4 Swapping the High/Low- 4.4.2 Using the Communicator
pressure Side Connection This method is applicable only to the Model
EJ110, EJ120, and EJ130.
IMPORTANT With a communicator, you can change which
This section is applicable only for EJ110, process connection is used as the high-pressure
EJ120, and EJ130 differential side without mechanically rotating the pressure-
transmitters, and not applicable for gauge or detector section 180 as described in subsection
absolute pressure transmitters. 4.4.1. To change, call parameter ‘D15: H/L SWAP’
for BRAIN Communication or ‘H/L swap’ for HART
Communication and select REVERSE (right side:
4.4.1 Rotating Pressure-detector Section low pressure; left side: high pressure) or select
180° NORMAL to change back to normal (right side: high
This procedure can be applied only to a transmitter pressure; left side: low pressure).
with a vertical impulse piping type. NORMAL

The procedure below can be used to turn the Output


pressure detector assembly 180°. Perform
this operation in a maintenance shop with the
necessary tools laid out and ready for use, and then
install the transmitter in the field after making the
change. Input

1) Use an Allen wrench (JIS B4648, nominal 2.5


mm) to remove the two setscrews at the joint
between the pressure-detector section and
transmitter section.
REVERSE
2) Leaving the transmitter section in position, F0406.ai

rotate the pressure-detector section 180°. Figure 4.6 Input/Output Relationship


3) Tighten the two setscrews to fix the pressure-
detector section and transmitter section
IMPORTANT
together (at a torque of 1.5 N·m).
Reposition the process connector and drain Since the H/L label plate on the capsule
(vent) plugs to the opposite side as described in assembly will remain unchanged, use this
subsection 4.3. function only when you cannot switch the
Process connector impulse piping. If the ‘H/L SWAP’ parameter
setting is changed, the input/output relationship
is reversed as shown in figure 4.6; be sure this is
understood by all.

Setscrew
Before After rotating 180°
F0405.ai

Figure 4.5 Before and After Modification

IM 01C25B01-01E
<4. Installation> 4-4
4.5 Rotating Transmitter Section Vertical impulse piping type

The transmitter section can be rotated Pressure-detector section


approximately 360° and can be fixed at any angle
Stopper
within the above range. (The direction of the
rotation is depending on the configuration of the
instrument.) Note that there is a stopper which
prevents the transmitter section from being rotated
more than 360°.
Conduit connection
1) Remove the two setscrews that fasten the
transmitter section and capsule assembly, Transmitter section
using the Allen wrench.
2) Rotate the transmitter section slowly and stop it Horizontal impulse piping type
at designated position.
Transmitter section
3) Tighten the two setscrews to a torque of
1.5 N·m.

WARNING
Conduit connection
In the case of the explosion-proof/flameproof Zero-adjustment screw
type transmitter, do not rotate the transmitter part
in the hazardous area while the transmitter is
energized.
Pressure-detector section
F0407.ai

IMPORTANT Figure 4.7 Rotating Transmitter Section (Left Side


High Pressure Type)
Do not rotate the transmitter section more than
the above limit.
4.6 Changing the Direction of
Integral Indicator
IMPORTANT
Always turn OFF power, release pressure and
remove a transmitter to non-hazardous area
before disassembling and reassmbling an
indicator.

An integral indicator can be installed in the


following three directions. Follow the instructions in
section 8.4 for removing and attaching the integral
indicator.

F0408.ai

Figure 4.8 Integral Indicator Direction

IM 01C25B01-01E
<5. Installing Impulse Piping> 5-1

5. Installing Impulse Piping


5.1 Impulse Piping Installation (2) Changing the Process Connector Piping
Connections (Figure 4.1) (for differential
Precautions pressure transmitters)
The impulse piping that connects the process The impulse piping connection distances can be
outputs to the transmitter must convey the process changed between 51 mm, 54 mm and 57 mm by
pressure accurately. If, for example, gas collects changing the orientation of the process connectors.
in a liquid-filled impulse line, or the drain for a This is convenient for aligning an impulse line with a
gas-filled impulse line becomes plugged, it will process connectors.
not convey the pressure accurately. Since this will
cause errors in the measurement output, select (3) Tightening the Process Connector Mounting
the proper piping method for the process fluid Bolts
(gas, liquid, or steam). Pay careful attention to the
following points when routing the impulse piping After connecting an impulse line, tighten the
and connecting the impulse piping to a transmitter. process connector mounting bolts uniformly.

5.1.1 Connecting Impulse Piping to a (4) Removing the Impulse Piping Connecting
Transmitter Port Dustproof Cap
The impulse piping connecting port on the
(1) Check the High and Low Pressure transmitter may be covered with a plastic cap to
Connections on the Transmitter (Figure 5.1) keep out dust. This cap must be removed before
Symbols “H” and “L” have been placed on the connecting the line. (Be careful not to damage the
capsule assembly to indicate high and low pressure threads when removing this cap. Never insert a
side. With differential pressure transmitters, connect screwdriver or other tool between the cap and port
the high pressure side impulse line to the “H” side, threads to remove the cap.)
and the low pressure side impulse line to the “L”
side. (5) Connecting the Transmitter and 3-
Valve Manifold (for differential pressure
With gauge/absolute pressure transmitters, connect transmitters)
the impulse line to the ‘H’ side.
A 3-valve manifold consists of two stop valves to
Differential Pressure Transmitter block process pressure and an equalizing valve
to equalize the pressures on the high and low
“H” and “L” are shown
pressure sides of the transmitter. Such a manifold
Process connection
Pressure makes it easier to disconnect the transmitter
connection
Process connector from the impulse piping, and is convenient when
Bolt
adjusting the transmitter zero point.
There are two 3-valve manifold types: the pipe-
Gauge/Absolute Pressure Transmitters
mounting type and the direct-mounting type; care
“H” and “L” are shown should be taken with respect to the following points
when connecting the manifold to the transmitter.
Process connection

Process connector

Bolt
F0501.ai

Figure 5.1 “H” and “L” Symbols on a Capsule


Assembly

IM 01C25B01-01E
<5. Installing Impulse Piping> 5-2
 Pipe-Mounting Type 3-Valve Manifold  Direct-Mounting Type 3-Valve Manifold
(Figure 5.2) (Figure 5.3)
1) Screw nipples into the connection ports on the 1) Mount the 3-valve manifold on the transmitter.
transmitter side of the 3-valve manifold, and (When mounting, use the two gaskets and the
into the impulse piping connecting ports on four bolts provided with the 3-valve manifold.
the process connectors. (To maintain proper Tighten the bolts evenly.)
sealing, wind sealing tape around the nipple 2) Mount the process connectors and gaskets
threads.) on the top of the 3-valve manifold (the side on
2) Mount the 3-valve manifold on the 50 mm (2- which the impulse piping will be connected).
inch) pipe by fastening a U-bolt to its mounting Bolts Impulse
piping
bracket. Tighten the U-bolt nuts only lightly at Process Stop valve
connector 3-valve
this time.
Gasket manifold
3) Install the pipe assemblies between the 3-valve Equalizing
valve
manifold and the process connectors and lightly
tighten the ball head lock nuts. (The ball-shaped
Stop valve
ends of the pipes must be handled carefully,
since they will not seal properly if the ball
surface is scratched or otherwise damaged.)
Equalizing valve
4) Now tighten the nuts and bolts securely in the
Stop valve
following sequence:
Impulse
Process connector bolts → transmitter-end ball piping
head lock nuts → 3-valve manifold ball head
Gasket Bolts
lock nuts → 3-valve manifold mounting bracket
Process Stop valve 3-valve
U-bolt nuts connector manifold
F0503.ai
Impulse piping
Nipple Figure 5.3 3-Valve Manifold (Direct-Mounting
Vent plug 3-valve
Type)
(optional) manifold Ball head
lock nut
Stop valve
(low pressure side)
NOTE
Pipe
Equalizing valve Pipes After completing the connection of the transmitter
(balancing) and 3-valve manifold, be sure to CLOSE the low
Ball head pressure and high pressure stop valves, OPEN
lock nut
Stop valve
the equalizing valve, and leave the manifold with
(high pressure side) Nipple the equalizing valve OPEN.
50 mm(2-inch) pipe Process You must do this in order to avoid overloading
Process connector the transmitter from either the high or the low
connector bolts
F0502.ai
pressure side when beginning operation.
This instruction must also be followed as part of
Figure 5.2 3-Valve Manifold (Pipe-Mounting Type)
the startup procedure (chapter 7.)

IM 01C25B01-01E
<5. Installing Impulse Piping> 5-3
5.1.2 Routing the Impulse Piping (3) Impulse Piping Slope
The impulse piping must be routed with only an
(1) Process Pressure Tap Angles
upward or downward slope. Even for horizontal
If condensate, gas, sediment or other extraneous routing, the impulse piping should have a slope of
material in the process piping gets into the impulse at least 1/10 to prevent condensate (or gases) from
piping, pressure measurement errors may result. To accumulating in the pipes.
prevent such problems, the process pressure taps
must be angled as shown in figure 5.4 according to (4) Temperature Difference Between Impulse
the kind of fluid being measured. Lines (for differential pressure transmitters)
If there is a temperature difference between the
NOTE high and low impulse lines, the density difference
• If the process fluid is a gas, the taps must be of the fluids in the two lines will cause an error in
vertical or within 45° either side of vertical. the measurement pressure. When measuring flow,
• If the process fluid is a liquid, the taps must impulse lines must be routed together so that there
be horizontal or below horizontal, but not is no temperature difference between them.
more than 45° below horizontal.
(5) Condensate Pots for Steam Flow
• If the process fluid is steam or other
Measurement (for differential pressure
condensing vapor, the taps must be
transmitters)
horizontal or above horizontal, but not more
than 45° above horizontal. If the liquid in the impulse piping repeatedly
condenses or vaporizes as a result of changes
[Gas] [Liquid] [Steam]
in the ambient or process temperature, this will
45° 45°
Pressure cause a difference in the fluid head between the
taps 45° 45°
high pressure and low pressure sides. To prevent
Process 45° 45° measurement errors due to these head differences,
piping condensate pots are used when measuring steam
F0504.ai
flow.
Figure 5.4 Process Pressure Tap Angle
(For Horizontal Piping)
(6) Preventing Wind Speed Effects in Very Low
Differential Pressure Measurement
(2) Position of Process Pressure Taps and (for differential pressure transmitters)
Transmitter
If condensate (or gas) accumulates in the impulse IMPORTANT
piping, it should be removed periodically by When using a differential pressure transmitter
opening the drain (or vent) plugs. However, this will to measure very low pressures (draft pressure),
generate a transient disturbance in the pressure the low pressure connection port is left open
measurement, and therefore it is necessary to to atmospheric pressure (the reference
position the taps and route the impulse piping so pressure). Any wind around the differential
that any extraneous liquid or gas generated in the pressure transmitter will therefore cause errors
leadlines returns naturally to the process piping. in the measurement. To prevent this, it will be
• If the process fluid is a gas, then as a rule the necessary either to enclose the transmitter in
transmitter must be located higher than the a box, or to connect an impulse line to the low
process pressure taps. pressure side and insert its end into a wind-
• If the process fluid is a liquid or steam, then as a excluding pot (cylindrical with a base plate).
rule the transmitter must be located lower than
the process pressure taps.

IM 01C25B01-01E
<5. Installing Impulse Piping> 5-4
(7) Preventing Freezing Liguid Gas Steam
If there is any risk that the process fluid in the Orifice Condensate pot
impulse piping or transmitter could freeze, use a Tap
valve
steam jacket or heater to maintain the temperature
of the fluid.
Union
or flange
NOTE
Tee
After completing the connections, close the
valves on the process pressure taps (main 3-valve
valves), the valves at the transmitter (stop manifold
valves), and the impulse piping drain valves, Drain
so that condensate, sediment, dust and other valve Drain
plug
extraneous material cannot enter the impulse F0505.ai
piping. Figure 5.5 Impulse Piping Connection Examples
for Differential Pressure Transmitters

5.2 Impulse Piping Connection Liquid Gas Steam

Examples Union or flange


Tap valve
Figure 5.5 and 5.6 show examples of typical
Union or flange
impulse piping connections. Before connecting the Drain plug
transmitter to the process, study the transmitter Drain valve Tap valve
installation location, the process piping layout,
and the characteristics of the process fluid
Union or
(corrosiveness, toxicity, flammability, etc.), in order flange
to make appropriate changes and additions to the Tee
Tee Tee
connection configurations.
Note the following points when referring to these Union or flange
piping examples. Tap valve
• The high pressure connecting port on the Drain valve Drain valve
transmitter is shown on the right (as viewed Drain plug Drain plug
from the front). F0506.ai

• The transmitter impulse piping connection is Figure 5.6 Impulse Piping Connection Examples
shown for a vertical impulse piping connection for Gauge/absolute Pressure
configuration in which the direction of Transmitters
connection is either upwards or downwards.
• If the impulse line is long, bracing or supports
should be provided to prevent vibration.
• The impulse piping material used must
be compatible with the process pressure,
temperature, and other conditions.
• A variety of process pressure tap valves (main
valves) are available according to the type
of connection (flanged, screwed, welded),
construction (globe, gate, or ball valve),
temperature and pressure. Select the type of
valve most appropriate for the application.

IM 01C25B01-01E
<6. Wiring> 6-1

6. Wiring
6.1 Wiring Precautions 6.3 Connections of External
IMPORTANT Wiring to Terminal Box
• Lay wiring as far as possible from electrical ● Terminal Configuration
noise sources such as large capacity
transformers, motors, and power supplies.
• Remove the electrical connection dust cap
before wiring.
• All threaded parts must be treated with
waterproofing sealant. (A non-hardening
sealant is recommended.)
• To prevent noise pickup, do not pass signal
and power cables through the same ducts. Terminal 1 Terminal 3

• Explosion-protected instruments must Terminal 2


F0613.ai
be wired in accordance with specific
requirements (and, in certain countries, ● Terminal Wiring for 4 to 20 mA output,
legal regulations) in order to preserve the FOUNDATION Fieldbus type, and
effectiveness of their explosion-protected PROFIBUS PA type.
SUPPLY +
1
features. – 2
Power supply and output terminals

• The terminal box cover is locked by an CHECK +–


3
2
External indicator (ammeter) terminals*1*2
or or
Allen head bolt (a shrouding bolt) on ATEX + 3 Status contact output terminals*2
ALARM –
flameproof type transmitters. When the 2 (when /AL is specified)
shrouding bolt is driven clockwise using Ground terminal
an Allen wrench, it goes in. The cover lock *1: When using an external indicator or check meter, the
can then be released and the cover can internal resistance must be 10 Ω or less. A check meter
or indicator cannot be connected when /AL option is
be opened by hand. See subsection 8.4 specified.
“Disassembly and Reassembly” for details. *2: Not available for FOUNDATION Fieldbus and PROFIBUS
• Plug and seal an unused conduit connection. PA communication types.

● Terminal Wiring for 1 to 5 V output


SUPPLY +
1
Power supply terminals
6.2 Selecting the Wiring –
+
2
3 1 to 5 V DC with HART communication
VOUT
Materials – 2 terminals
Ground terminal
(a) Use stranded leadwires or cables which are F0614.ai

the same as or better than 600 V grade PVC Figure 6.1 Terminal
insulated wire (JIS C3307) or its equivalent.
(b) Use shielded wires in areas that are susceptible
6.3.1 Power Supply Wiring Connection
to electrical noise.
(c) In areas with higher or lower ambient
IMPORTANT
temperatures, use appropriate wires or cables.
(d) In environment where oils, solvents, corrosive Connecting with the commercial AC power
gases or liquids may be present, use wires or supply will damage the device. Be sure to use
cables that are resistant to such substances. the DC power supply in the predetermined
(e) It is recommended that crimp-on solderless range.
terminal lugs (for 4 mm screws) with insulating
sleeves be used for leadwire ends. Connect the power supply wiring to the SUPPLY +
and – terminals. When /AL is specified, also refer to
subsection 6.3.5.

IM 01C25B01-01E
<6. Wiring> 6-2
Transmitter terminal box ■ 1 to 5 V output, HART
+ Connect the HART communicator or
Power supply
configuration tool to the SUPPLY - and VOUT

(+) terminals. (Use hooks.)
Load resistance is not
necessary for 1 to 5 V output. F0601.ai
Power supply Transmitter terminal box Voltmeter
Figure 6.2 Power Supply Wiring Connection + +
– USB –
FieldMate Modem
6.3.2 External Indicator Connection
Available only for 4 to 20mA output type and when
PC/FieldMate F0615.ai
/AL is not specified.
Figure 6.5 Four wire connection
Connect wiring for external indicators to the CHECK
(+) and SUPPLY – terminals. Transmitter terminal box Power supply
(Note) Use a external indicator whose internal resistance is 10 Ω +
or less.
USB –
FieldMate Modem Voltmeter
External indicator
Power supply +
+

PC/FieldMate F0616.ai

Figure 6.6 Three wire connection

Transmitter terminal box


F0602.ai 6.3.4 Check Meter Connection
Figure 6.3 External Indicator Connection
Available only for 4 to 20mA output type and when
/AL is not specified.
6.3.3 Communicator Connection
Connect the check meter to the CHECK (+) and
■ 4 to 20 mA output, BRAIN / HART SUPPLY – terminals. (Use hooks.)
IMPORTANT • A 4 to 20 mA DC output signal from the CHECK
(+) and SUPPLY – terminals.
Analog output may change temporally in
(Note) Use a check meter whose internal resistance is 10 Ω or
connecting with BRAIN terminal due to an initial less.
current flowed to it. To prevent communication
Check meter Transmitter terminal box Power supply
signal affecting the upper system, it is +
recommended to install a low-pass filter
(approximately 0.1s) –

Connect the BT200 or HART Communicator to the


SUPPLY + and – terminals. (Use hooks.)
F0604.ai
Transmitter terminal box Power supply
+ Figure 6.7 Check Meter Connection


Ignore the polarity since the
BT200 is AC-coupled to the
terminal box.
BT200 F0603.ai

Figure 6.4 BT200 Connection

IM 01C25B01-01E
<6. Wiring> 6-3
6.3.5 Status Output Connection (2) 4 to 20 mA output, Intrinsically Safe Type
When option code /AL is specified, connect the With the intrinsically safe type, a safety barrier must
external wiring as shown in Figure 6.5. be included in the loop.
To configure and activate the process alarm Hazardous Location Nonhazardous Location
function and status output, it is necessary to set
Transmitter terminal box
some parameters. Refer to each communication Distributor
manual for procedures. (Power supply unit)

Transmitter
24V DC
terminal box Shielded cable Receiver
+ instrument
Distributor
– 250Ω

Safety barrier F0607.ai


Magnetic
valve Figure 6.10 Connection between Transmitter and
External power
supply 30V DC,
Distributor
120mA max
Use two-wire separately shielded cables. AC power supply
F0605.ai
(3) 1 to 5 V output
Figure 6.8 Status Output Connection Either three or four wire system is used.
Power supply line and 1 to 5 V signal line commonly
use the SUPPLY - terminal.
6.4 Wiring
6.4.1 Loop Configuration
NOTE
Since the DPharp uses a two-wire transmission With three wire connection, the cable length may
system for 4 to 20 mA output, signal wiring is also affect the measurement accuracy of the output
used as power wiring. signal.
In either three-wire or four-wire connection,
DC power is required for the transmitter loop. The recommended wiring distance is 200 m or less,
transmitter and distributor are connected as shown and the use of shielded cable is recommended.
below.
For details of the power supply voltage and load ■ Three wire connection
resistance, see section 6.6. For three wire system, a negative wiring shall
For 1 to 5 V output, three or four wire system is be commonly used for power supply and signal
used. See (3). line.
Hazardous Location Nonhazardous Location
(1) 4 to 20 mA output, General-use Type and
Transmitter terminal box
Flameproof Type Distributor
(Power supply unit)
Hazardous Location Nonhazardous Location

Transmitter terminal box


Distributor
(Power supply unit)

Receiver
instrument
Receiver
F0606.ai instrument
Figure 6.9 Connection between Transmitter and
Distributor F0617.ai

Figure 6.11 Connection between Transmitter,


Distributer and Receiver

IM 01C25B01-01E
<6. Wiring> 6-4
■ Four wire connection (2) Flameproof Type
Fasten the negative side wiring of both power
Wire cables through a flameproof packing adapter,
supply and signal line to the SUPPLY - terminal.
or use a flameproof metal conduit.
Hazardous Location Nonhazardous Location
■ Wiring cable through flameproof packing
Transmitter terminal box adapter.
Distributor
(Power supply unit)
Flameproof packing
adapter

Flexible metal conduit

Wiring metal
conduit

Receiver Tee
instrument
Drain plug
F0609.ai

F0618.ai
Figure 6.14 Typical Cable Wiring Using Flameproof
Figure 6.12 Connection between Transmitter, Packing Adapter
Distributer and Receiver
■ Flameproof metal conduit wiring
6.4.2 Wiring Installation • A seal fitting must be installed near the terminal
box connection port for a sealed construction.
(1) General-use Type and Intrinsically Safe • Apply a non-hardening sealant to the threads of
Type the terminal box connection port, flexible metal
conduit and seal fitting for waterproofing.
With the cable wiring, use a metallic conduit or
waterproof glands. Gas sealing device
Non-hazardous area
• Apply a non-hardening sealant to the terminal
box connection port and to the threads on the
flexible metal conduit for waterproofing.
Hazardous area Flameproof flexible
Flameproof metal conduit
heavy-gauge
steel conduit

Flexible metal conduit


Tee Seal fitting
Wiring metal Apply a non-hardening
Drain plug After wiring, impregnate the fitting
conduit sealant to the threads for
with a compound to seal tubing.
waterproofing.
F0610.ai

Tee Figure 6.15 Typical Wiring Using Flameproof Metal


Conduit
Drain plug F0608.ai

Figure 6.13 Typical Wiring Using Flexible Metal


Conduit

IM 01C25B01-01E
<6. Wiring> 6-5
6.5 Grounding
Grounding is always required for the proper
operation of transmitters. Follow the domestic
electrical requirements as regulated in each
country. For a transmitter with a built-in lightning
protector, grounding should satisfy ground
resistance of 10Ω or less.
Ground terminals are located on the inside and
outside of the terminal box. Either of these terminals
may be used.

Ground terminal
(inside)

Ground terminal
(outside)

F0611.ai

Figure 6.16 Ground Terminals

6.6 Power Supply Voltage and


Load Resistance
For 4 to 20 mA output only.
When configuring the loop, make sure that the
external load resistance is within the range in the
figure below.
(Note) In case of an intrinsically safe transmitter, external load
resistance includes safety barrier resistance.

600

External E–10.5
R= Communication
load 0.0244
applicable range
resistance BRAIN and HART
R (Ω)

250

0 10.5 16.6 25.2 42


Power supply voltage E (V DC)
F0612.ai

Figure 6.17 Relationship between Power Supply


Voltage and External Load Resistance

IM 01C25B01-01E
<7. Operation> 7-1

7. Operation
7.1 Preparation for Starting Venting Gas from the Transmitter Pressure-
detector Section
Operation
• Since the piping in the example of figure 7.1
This section describes the operation procedure for
is constructed to be self-venting, no venting
the EJ110, EJ120 and EJ130 as shown
operation is required. If it is not possible to
in figure 7.1a (vertical impulse piping type, high-
make the piping self-venting, refer to subsection
pressure connection: right side) when measuring
7.5 for instructions. Leave the equalizing valve
the liquid flow rate, and EJ430, EJ440 and
open even after venting gas.
EJ310 as shown in figure 7.1b when measuring
(b) Turn ON power and connect the communicator.
pressure.
Open the terminal box cover, and connect
the communicator to the SUPPLY + and
NOTE – terminals.
Check that the process pressure tap valves, (c) Using the communicator, confirm that the
drain valves, and 3-valve manifold stop valves transmitter is operating properly. Check
on both the low pressure and high pressure parameter values or change the setpoints as
sides are closed, and that the 3-valve manifold necessary.
equalizing valve is opened. See IM 01C25T03-01E (BRAIN
communication) or IM 01C25T01-06EN (HART
(a) Follow the procedures below to introduce communication) for communicator operation.
process pressure into the impulse piping and If the transmitter is equipped with an integral
transmitter. indicator, its indication can be used to confirm
that the transmitter is operating properly.
■ Differential Pressure Transmitters
Orifice
1) Open the low pressure and high pressure tap Tap valve
valves to fill the impulse piping with process (high pressure)
Tap valve
liquid. (low pressure)
2) Slowly open the high pressure stop valve to fill
the transmitter pressure-detector section with
process liquid.
3) Close the high pressure stop valve.
4) Gradually open the low pressure stop valve and
completely fill the transmitter pressure-detector
section with process liquid.
Stop valve
5) Close the low pressure stop valve. (low pressure)
3-valve manifold
6) Gradually open the high pressure stop valve. At
this time, equal pressure is applied to the low Equalizing valve
and high pressure sides of the transmitter.
Stop valve
7) Check that there are no liquid leaks in the (high pressure)
impulse piping, 3-valve manifold, transmitter, or
other components. Drain valve
(high pressure)
■ Gauge/Absolute Pressure Transmitters F0701.ai

1) Open the tap valve (main valve) to fill the Figure 7.1a Liquid Flow Measurement
impulse piping with process fluid.
2) Gradually open the stop valve to introduce
process fluid into the transmitter pressure-
detector section.
3) Confirm that there is no pressure leak in
the impulse piping, transmitter, or other
components.

IM 01C25B01-01E
<7. Operation> 7-2

PARAM
C60:SELF CHECK
ERROR
Vent plug (Fill plug)
communication error

Tap valve DATA DIAG PRNT ESC

Communication error Self-diagnostic error


(Faulty wiring) (Faulty transmitter)
Stop valve F0703.ai

Figure 7.2 BT200 Display

Using the integral indicator


• If the wiring system is faulty, the display stays
blank.
• If the transmitter is faulty, an error code is
Drain valve displayed.
F0702.ai

Figure 7.1b Liquid Pressure Measurement

■ Confirming that Transmitter is Operating


Properly
Self-diagnostic error on the integral indicator
Using the BT200 (Faulty transmitter) F0704.ai

Figure 7.3 Integral Indicator with Error Code


IMPORTANT
• Analog output may change temporally in NOTE
connecting with BRAIN terminal due to
an initial current flowed to it. To prevent If any of the above errors are indicated on
communication signal affecting the upper the display of the integral indicator or the
system, it is recommended to install a low- communicator, refer to subsection 8.5.3 for the
pass filter (approximately 0.1s). corrective action.
• Communication signal is superimposed on
analog output signal. It is recommended
■ Verify and Change Transmitter Parameter
to set a low-pass filter (approximately
Setting and Values
0.1s) to the receiver in order to reduce the
output effect from communication signal. The parameters related to the following items are
Before online-communication, confirm that set at factory as specified in order.
communication signal does not give effect on • Calibration range
the upper system. • Integral indicator display
• Output mode
• If the wiring system is faulty, ‘communication • Software damping (optional)
error’ appears on the display. Other parameters like following are shipped with the
• If the transmitter is faulty, ‘SELF CHECK default setting.
ERROR’ appears on the display. • Low-cut
• Process alarm setting
• Static pressure range
• Signal characterizer
• Write protection
To confirm or change the values, see IM 01C25T01-
06EN or 01C25T03-01E.

IM 01C25B01-01E
<7. Operation> 7-3
7.2 Zero Point Adjustment 7.2.1 Adjusting Zero Point for Differential
Pressure Transmitters
After completing preparations for operating the
transmitter, adjust the zero point. Before adjusting zero point, make sure that the
equalizing valve is open.
Zero point adjustment can be done by turning the
transmitter’s zero-adjustment screw or by using
the communicator. This section describes the
procedure for the zero-adjustment screw. For the
communicator procedure, see the communication
manual.
Zero-adjustment
IMPORTANT screw cover
F0705.ai

Do not turn off the power to the transmitter Figure 7.4 External Zero Adjustment Screw
immediately after performing a zero point
adjustment. Powering off within 30 seconds of The zero-adjustment screw is located inside the
performing this procedure will return the zero cover.
point to its previous setting. Use a slotted screwdriver to turn the zero-
adjustment screw. Equalize the transmitter, then
turn the screw clockwise to increase the output or
NOTE counterclockwise to decrease the output. The zero
point adjustment can be made with a resolution
Before performing this adjustment, make sure
of 0.01% of the setting range. The degree of zero
that the external zero adjustment function has
adjustments varies with the screw turning speed;
NOT been disabled by a parameter setting.
turn the screw slowly to make a fine adjustment,
quickly to make a rough adjustment.

NOTE When using differential pressure transmitters for


level measurement and if you cannot obtain the
• Because the output value may be affected lower range value from the actual measurement
by the transmitter’s mounting position, value of 0%, refer to subsection 7.2.2(2).
zero adjustment should be executed after
installing the transmitter. If you have to adjust 7.2.2 Adjusting Zero Point for Gauge/
zero point before installation, make the Absolute Pressure Transmitters
posture of the transmitter close to the actual
installation state when adjusting zero. (1) When you can obtain the Low Range Value
• The factory adjusts the zero point of the from the actual measured value of 0% (0
absolute pressure transmitters (EJX310A kPa, atmospheric pressure);
and EJA310E) in the position (horizontal or For pressure measurement using gauge pressure
vertical piping) as specified in the order. transmitters, follow the steps below before
performing zero point adjustment.
To check the output signal, use a digital multimeter,
calibrator, or communicator. 1) Close the tap valve (main valve).
2) Loosen the fill plug so that the pressure applied
to the transmitter is only the head of the seal
liquid.
3) Adjust the zero point at this status.
4) After the adjustment, close the fill plug and then
gradually open the tap valve.

IM 01C25B01-01E
<7. Operation> 7-4
Use a slotted screwdriver to turn the zero-
adjustment screw. Turn the screw clockwise IMPORTANT
to increase the output or counterclockwise to • Remove the communicator from the terminal
decrease the output. The zero point adjustment can box, and confirm that none of the terminal
be made with a resolution of 0.01% of the setting screws are loose.
range. Since the degree of the zero adjustment • Close the terminal box cover and the
varies with the screw turning speed, turn the screw amplifier cover. Screw each cover in tightly
slowly to make a fine adjustment and quickly to until it will not turn further.
make a rough adjustment. • There are two covers that must be locked
on the ATEX Flameproof type transmitters.
(2) When you cannot obtain the Low Range
An Allen head bolt (shrouding bolt) under
Value from the actual measured value of
the edge of each cover is used to lock the
0%;
cover. When the shrouding bolt is driven
Adjust the transmitter output to the actual measured counterclockwise with an Allen wrench, the
value obtained by a digital manometer or a glass bolt rotates upward and locks the cover. (See
gauge. section 8.4.) After locking the covers, confirm
that they are secure and cannot be opened
[Example]
by hand.
The measuring range of 50 to 250 kPa; the actual Tighten the zero-adjustment cover mounting
measured value of 130 kPa. screw to secure the cover.
• Tighten the zero-adjustment cover mounting
130–50
Actual measured value= x100=40.0% screw to secure the cover.
250–50
(=10.4mA)

Turn the screw to match the output signal to the


actual measured value. 7.4 Shutting Down the
Transmitter
7.3 Starting Operation Shut down the transmitter as follows.
Steps 2) and 3) are specific to the differential
After completing the zero point adjustment, follow pressure transmitters.
the procedures below to start operation. Steps
1) and 2) are specific to the differential pressure 1) Turn off the power.
transmitters. 2) Close the low pressure stop valve.
3) Open the equalizing valve.
1) Close the equalizing valve. 4) Close the high pressure stop valve.
2) Gradually open the low pressure stop valve. 5) Close the high pressure and low pressure tap
This places the transmitter in an operational valves.
condition.
3) Confirm the operating status. If the output
NOTE
signal exhibits wide fluctuations (hunting) due to
periodic variation in the process pressure, use • Whenever shutting down the transmitter for a
the communicator to dampen the transmitter long period, remove any process fluid that is
output signal. Confirm the hunting using a in the transmitter pressure-detector section.
receiving instrument or the integral indicator, • The equalizing valve must be left OPEN.
and set the optimum damping time constant.
4) After confirming the operating status, perform
the following.

IM 01C25B01-01E
<7. Operation> 7-5
7.5 Venting or Draining 7.5.2 Venting Gas
Transmitter Pressure- 1) Gradually open the vent screw to vent gas from
the transmitter pressure-detector section. (See
detector Section figure 7.6.)
Since this transmitter is designed to be self- 2) When the transmitter is completely vented,
draining and self-venting with vertical impulse close the vent screw.
piping connections, neither draining nor venting 3) Tighten the vent screw to a torque of 10 N·m.
will be required if the impulse piping is configured
appropriately for self-draining or self-venting
Vent screw
operation.
If condensate (or gas) collects in the transmitter
pressure-detector section, the measured pressure
may be in error. If it is not possible to configure the
piping for self-draining (or self-venting) operation,
you will need to loosen the drain (vent) screw on the
Vent screw
transmitter to completely drain (vent) any stagnated
liquid (gas.)
When you loosen the vent screw, the gas
escpes in the direction of the arrow.
However, since draining condensate or bleeding off F0707.ai

gas disturbs the pressure measurement, this should Figure 7.6 Venting the Transmitter
not be done when the loop is in operation.

WARNING
Since the accumulated liquid (or gas) may be
toxic or otherwise harmful, take appropriate care
to avoid contact with the body, or inhalation of
vapors.

7.5.1 Draining Condensate


1) Gradually open the drain screw or drain plug
and drain the transmitter pressure-detector
section. (See figure 7.5.)
2) When all accumulated liquid is completely
removed, close the drain screw or drain plug.
3) Tighten the drain screw to a torque of 10 N·m,
and the drain plug to a torque of 34 to 39 N·m.

Drain plug

Drain screw

When you loosen the drain screw or drain


plug, the accumulated liquid will be expelled
in the direction of the arrow.
F0706.ai

Figure 7.5 Draining the Transmitter

IM 01C25B01-01E
<7. Operation> 7-6
7.6 Local Parameter Setting 7.6.1 Local Parameter Setting (LPS)
Overview
WARNING Parameter configuration by the zero-adjustment
screw and push button (integral indicator code
The local push button on the integral indicator E) offers easy and quick setup for parameters of
Loop test, Tag number, Unit, LRV, URV, Damping,
must not be used in a hazardous area. When Output mode (linear/square root), Display out
it is necessary to use the push button, operate 1, and Re-range by applying actual pressure
it in a non- hazardous location. In the case of (LRV/URV) and Device Information. There is no
the explosion-proof/flameproof type transmitter, effect on measurement signal (analog output or
please refer to section 2.9 for each product. communication signal) when Local Parameter
Setting is carried out.

IMPORTANT
• Do not turn off the power to the transmitter
immediately after performing parameter
setting. Powering off within 30 seconds of
zero-adjustment
performing this procedure will return the screw cover
parameter to its previous setting. F0708.ai
• The parameters of Ext SW for HART
Figure 7.7 Zero-adjustment Screw
or J55:EXT ZERO ADJ for BRAIN, to
enable or inhibit zero point adjustment
by means of the zero-adjustment screw
Integral indicator
on the transmitter must be “Enabled” to
perform this configuration. Please refer to
either IM 01C25T01-06EN for the HART
communication type, or IM 01C25T03-01E
for the BRAIN communication type for the
setting procedure. Push-button
• The Local Parameter Setting function F0709.ai

is available with HART or BRAIN Figure 7.8 Range –Setting Switch (push button)
communication type.
LCD update will be slower at low ambient
temperature, and it is recommended to use
LPS function at temperatures above -10
degrees C.

IM 01C25B01-01E
<7. Operation> 7-7

screw

Process
Measurement Zero adjustment
Display push
Activate LPS mode
push
***
1. Loop Test Select Output Current Run/Cancel

*
2. Tag Number Edit Tag number Save/Cancel the value

push *
3. Press Unit Select Press unit Save/Cancel the value

*
4. Press LRV Edit Press LRV Save/Cancel the value

push *
5. Press URV Edit Press URV Save/Cancel the value

*
6. Damping Time Edit Damping time Save/Cancel the value

push *
7. Output Mode Select Output mode Save/Cancel the value

*
8. Display Out1 Edit Display Out1 Save/Cancel the value

push
9. LRV-Apply Press Set LRV Save/Cancel the value

10. URV-Apply Press Set URV Save/Cancel the value

9, 10 : Re-range by applying actual pressure


**
11. Device Information

Process
Measurement
Display
F0710.ai

*: These parameter configurations are available with the software revision (SOFT REV)2.03 or later.
Software revision can be checked via a field communicator (HART/BRAIN) or DTM. Please refer to IM 01C25T01 for HART
parameter “Software rev” and IM 01C25T03 for BRAIN “SOFT REV.”
**: This paratmeter configuration is available with the softeware revision (SOFT REV) 3.01 or later.
***: This paratmeter configuration is available with the softeware revision (SOFT REV) 5.01 or later.

IM 01C25B01-01E
<7. Operation> 7-8
7.6.2 Activating Local Parameter Setting
Press the push button on the integral indicator to activate the Local Parameter Setting mode. The transmitter
will exit automatically from the Local Parameter Setting mode if no operation is carried out for 10 minutes.

7.6.3 Parameter Setting Review


Current setting value for the below parameters are shown sequentially by each press of the push button.
Loop test, Tag number, Unit, LRV, URV, Damping, Output mode (linear/square root), Display out 1, Re-range
by applying actual pressure (LRV/URV) and Device Information.
Process
Measurement
Display

1. Loop Test
push

7. Output Mode (Transfer function)

2. Tag Number
push

8. Display Out1
push
*
3. Press Unit
push

9. LRV-Apply Press
push

4. Press LRV
push

10. URV-Apply Press


push

5. Press URV
push

11. Device Information


push

6. Damping Time
push

Process
push
Measurement
Display

F0711.ai

*: [Software revision: 2.03] Up to 6 characters are shown in the bottom line. To review after the 7th character, turn the zero-adjustment
screw and press the push button six times or more.
[Software revision: 3.01 or later] The display automatically scrolls to show all the characters.

To configure each parameter value, turn the zero-adjustment screw on each parameter screen after activating
the Local Parameter Setting mode.
To cancel the Local Parameter Setting configuration, please refer to 7.6.13 Save or Cancel and 7.6.14 Abort
Configuration.

IM 01C25B01-01E
<7. Operation> 7-9
7.6.4 Loop Test Configuration
Loop test configuration can be changed as below. Output current value (4 mA, 12 mA or 20 mA) for Loop test
can be selected by turning the zero-adjustment screw.

Run ?/
Cancel ?

Blinking Blinking
[Available loop test]
Select by the push button
4mA: 0% output
12mA: 50% output
20mA: 100% output

screw Select by the push


button or turning the
push extemal adjustment
scerw
F0719.ai

7.6.5 Tag Number Configuration


Tag Number is edited by turning the zero-adjustment screw. Up to 8 alphanumeric characters for HART or 16
alphanumeric characters for BRAIN can be set.

Save ?/
Cancel ?

Blinking Blinking
Set all other
characters in the
Go to the next Character same way
Change the first Character

screw

push
F0712.ai

7.6.6 Pressure Unit Configuration


Pressure unit for the below table can be changed as below. By turning the zero-adjustment screw, user can
scroll between the various available pressure units.

Save ?/
Cancel ?

Blinking Blinking
[Available pressure units]
Select by the push button
kPa bar inH2O@4degC(39.2degF)
Torr mbar inH2O@20degC(68degF)
atm g/cm2 inHg
MPa kg/cm2 ftH2O@4degC(39.2degF)
screw hPa Pa ftH2O@20degC(68degF)
push mmHg mmH2O@4degC(39.2degF)
psi mmH2O@20degC(68degF)
In addition to the above units,
mmAq@4degC, mmAq@20degC,
mmWG@4degC and mmWG@20degC are
available for BRAIN communication type.
F0713.ai

IM 01C25B01-01E
<7. Operation> 7-10
7.6.7 Pressure LRV/URV Configuration
Pressure LRV and URV can be set. The number for each digit is changed by turning the zero-adjustment
screw and set by pressing the push button. Please refer to 7.6.8 Damping Time Constant Configuration for
how to change the numerical value.
When the setting is out of the limit, an alarm will be generated.

7.6.8 Damping Time Constant Configuration


The damping time constant for the amplifier assembly can be set. Quick Response Parameter is automatically
set to ON when the damping time constant is set to less than 0.5 seconds. Damping time constant is rounded
off to two decimal places.

Save ?/
Cancel ?

Blinking Blinking Blinking


Set all other
characters in the
same way
Change the first digit Go to the next
Character
screw Setting range: 0.00 to 100.00 (seconds)

push
F0714.ai

7.6.9 Output Mode Configuration


Pressure Output Mode (Linear or Sq root) can be selected by turning the zero-adjustment screw. Please refer
to 7.6.6 Pressure Unit Configuration for how to select and set the enumerated value.

7.6.10 Display Out 1 Configuration


Display Out1 can be selected by turning the zero-adjustment screw. Please refer to 7.6.6 Pressure Unit
Configuration for how to select and set the enumerated value.

IM 01C25B01-01E
<7. Operation> 7-11
7.6.11 Re-range by applying actual Note 1: Wait until the pressure inside the pressure-detector
section has stabilized before proceeding to the next
pressure (LRV/URV). step.
Note 2: If the pressure applied to the transmitter exceeds the
This feature allows the lower and upper range previous LRV (or URV), the integral indicator may
values to be setup with the actual input applied. display error number “AL.30” (In this case, the output
signal percent and “AL.30” are displayed alternately
every two seconds). Although “AL.30” is displayed,
you may proceed to the next step. However, should
any other error number be displayed, take the
appropriate measure in reference to , “Errors and
Countermeasures” in each communication manual.
Note 3 : Changing the lower range value (LRV) also
automatically changes the upper range value (URV),
F0715.ai
keeping the span constant. New URV=previous
Follow the procedure below to change the LRV and URV+(new LRV–previous LRV)
URV settings.
7.6.12 Device Information Display
[Example]
Model name, communication protocol, device
Rerange LRV to 0 and URV to 3 MPa.
revision and software revision are displayed
1) Connect the transmitter and apparatus as repeatedly.
shown in Figure 8.1 and warm it up for at least
five minutes. 7.6.13 Save or Cancel
2) Press the push-button. The integral indicator At the end of each parameter setting, select “Save”
then displays “LRV.SET.” or “Cancel” by the zero-adjustment screw and press
3) Apply a pressure of 0 kPa (atmospheric the push button to save or cancel the configuration.
pressure) to the transmitter. (Note 1)
4) Turn the zero-adjustment screw in the desired Save or Cancel
direction. The integral indicator displays the
output signal in %. (Note 2)
5) Adjust the output signal to 0% (1 V DC) by
rotating the zero-adjustment screw. Press Save? Saved
the push button to save the value. Doing so
After push
completes the LRV setting. (Note 3) parameter screw
6) Press the push-button. The integral indicator setting

then displays “URV.SET.”


7) Apply a pressure of 3 MPa to the transmitter.
(Note 1)
8) Turn the zero-adjustment screw in the desired
Cancel? Canceled
direction. The integral indicator displays the
output signal in %. (Note 2) push

9) Adjust the output signal to 100% (5 V DC) by F0716.ai


rotating the zero-adjustment screw. Press the
button to save the value.Doing so completes
the URV setting.
10) Press the push-button. The transmitter then
switches back to the normal operation mode
with the measurement range of 0 to 3 MPa.

IM 01C25B01-01E
<7. Operation> 7-12
7.6.14 Abort Configuration 7.6.15 Local Parameter Setting Lock
To disable parameter changes by the Local
7.6.14.1 Abort Configuration (Menu)
Parameter Setting there are three different ways.
Hold down the push button for over 2 seconds to Locked features
exit the Local Parameter Setting mode. Communication Parameter • External Zero
Ext SW =disable Adjustment
Process Measurement Display (EXT ZERO ADJ = disable) • Local Parameter Setting
Communication Parameter • Local Parameter Setting
Write Protect = On • All Communication
1. Loop Test (WRT PROTECT = Yes) Parameters *
Hardware write protection • Local Parameter Setting
2. Tag Number switch on CPU assembly = • All Communication
D (Disable) Parameters *
3. Press Unit *External Zero Adjustment is unlocked.

The above parameter setting is carried out by


4. Press LRV
Hold down the button using field communicator or DTM. See the user’s
for over 2 seconds
manual IM 01C25T (HART/BRAIN) for the setting
Jump to the normal mode

5. Press URV
procedure.
: Reviewing local parameter setting by push button
on the integral indicator is available at any time
even when the Local Parameter Setting is locked.

7.6.16 Others
: • Difference between BRAIN and HART
11. Device Information Proccess Value HART BRAIN
Up to 8 Up to 16
Tag Number characters can characters can
Process Measurement Display be set be set
F0717.ai
“TRNS.FC” “OUT.MOD”
Output Mode
shown on the shown on the
7.6.14.2 Abort Configuration (Parameter) (Linear/Sq root)
integral indicator integral indicator
To exit the configuration while editing the value,
• The degree of adjustment depends on the
hold down the push button for over 2 seconds and
speed of turning the adjustment screw. Turn the
select “Save” or “Cancel.”
screw slowly for fine tuning and turn the screw
fast for coarse tuning.

Tag editing Return to parameter


(3rd Character) review window
Push for Save or Cancel?
Over 2 seconds
F0718.ai

IM 01C25B01-01E
<8. Maintenance> 8-1

8. Maintenance
8.1 Overview 8.3 Calibration
Use the procedure below to check instrument
WARNING operation and accuracy during periodic
maintenance or troubleshooting.
Since the accumulated process fluid may be
toxic or otherwise harmful, take appropriate care 1) Connect the instruments as shown in figure 8.1
to avoid contact with the body or inhalation of and warm up the instruments for at least five
vapors when draining condensate or venting gas minutes (ten minutes for EJ310.)
from the transmitter pressure-detector section
and even after dismounting the instrument from IMPORTANT
the process line for maintenance.
• To adjust the transmitter for highest
accuracy, make adjustments with the
Maintenance of the transmitter is easy due to its power supply voltage and load resistance
modular construction. This chapter describes the including leadwire resistances set close to
procedures for calibration, adjustment, and the the conditions under which the transmitter is
disassembly and reassembly procedures required installed.
for component replacement. • If the measurement range 0% point is
Transmitters are precision instruments. Please 0 kPa or shifted in the positive direction
carefully and thoroughly read the following sections (suppressed zero), the reference pressure
for information on how to properly handle them should be applied as shown in the figure.
while performing maintenance. If the measurement range 0% point is shifted
in the negative direction (elevated zero), the
IMPORTANT reference pressure should be applied using
a vacuum pump.
• As a rule, maintenance of this transmitter
should be done in a shop that has all the 2) Apply reference pressures of 0%, 50%,
necessary tools. and 100% of the measurement range to the
• The CPU assembly contains sensitive parts transmitter. Calculate the errors (differences
that can be damaged by static electricity. between digital voltmeter readings and
Take precautions such as using a grounded reference pressures) as the pressure is
wrist strap when handling electronic parts or increased from 0% to 100% and is decreased
touching the board circuit patterns. Also be from 100% to 0%, and confirm that the errors
sure to place the removed CPU assembly are within the required accuracy.
into a bag with an antistatic coating.

8.2 Calibration Instruments


Selection
Table 8.1 lists the instruments that can be used
to calibrate a transmitter. When selecting an
instrument, consider the required accuracy level.
Exercise care when handling these instruments to
ensure they maintain the specified accuracy.

IM 01C25B01-01E
<8. Maintenance> 8-2
Table 8.1 Instruments Required for Calibration
Name Yokogawa-recommended Instrument Remarks
Power supply Model SDBT or SDBS distributor 4 to 20 mA DC signal
Load resistor Model 2792 standard resistor [250 Ω ±0.005%, 3 W]
Load adjustment resistor [100 Ω ±1%, 1 W]
Voltmeter Model 2501 A digital multimeter
Accuracy (10V DC range): ±(0.002% of rdg + 1 dgt)
Digital Model MT220 precision digital manometer Select a manometer having
manometer 1) For 10 kPa class a pressure range close to
Accuracy: ±(0.015% of rdg + 0.015% of F.S.) . . . . for 0 to 10 kPa that of the transmitter.
±(0.2% of rdg + 0.1% of F.S.) . . . . . . . . for -10 to 0 kPa
2) For 130 kPa class
Accuracy: ±0.02% of rdg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . for 25 to 130 kPa
±5digits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . for 0 to 25 kPa
±(0.2% of rdg + 0.1% of F.S.) . . . . . . . . for -80 to 0 kPa
3) For 700 kPa class
Accuracy: ±(0.02% of rdg + 3digits) . . . . . . . . . . . . for 100 to 700 kPa
±5 digits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . for 0 to 100 kPa
±(0.2% of rdg + 0.1% of F.S.) . . . . . . . . for -80 to 0 kPa
4) For 3000 kPa class
Accuracy: ±(0.02% of rdg + 10 digits) . . . . . . . . . . for 0 to 3000 kPa
±(0.2% of rdg + 0.1% of F.S.) . . . . . . . . for -80 to 0 kPa
5) For 130 kPa abs class
Accuracy: ±(0.03% of rdg + 6 digits) . . . . . . . . . . . for 0 to 130 kPa abs
Pressure Model 7674 pneumatic pressure standard for 200 kPa {2 kgf/cm2}, 25 kPa Requires air pressure
generator {2500 mmH2O} supply.
Accuracy: ±0.05% of F.S.
Dead weight gauge tester 25 kPa {2500 mmH2O} Select the one having a
Accuracy: ±0.03% of setting pressure range close to that
of the transmitter.
Pressure Model 6919 pressure regulator (pressure pump) Prepare the vacuum pump
source Pressure range: 0 to 133 kPa {1000 mmHg} for negative pressure
ranges.
Note: The above table contains the instruments capable of performing calibration to the 0.2% level. Since special maintenance and
management procedures involving traceability of each instrument to higher-level standards are required for calibration to the 0.1%
or higher level, there may be difficulties in calibration to this level in the field. For calibration to the 0.1% level, contact Yokogawa
representatives from which the instrument was purchased or the nearest Yokogawa office.

Supply pressure Pressure source


Using pressure Using pressure
generator source with
manometer Model MT220
P Pressure generator P precision digital manometer
Low pressure side Reference pressure Low pressure side Reference pressure
open to atmosphere open to atmosphere

High pressure side High pressure side

Load resistance, Power Load resistance, Power


250Ω supply 250Ω supply
E E
Rc R Load Rc R
Load
adjusting
adjusting V V
resistance,
resistance,
Digital voltmeter 100Ω Digital voltmeter
100Ω

F0801.ai

Figure 8.1 Instrument Connections (EJX110A, 4 to 20mA output)

IM 01C25B01-01E
<8. Maintenance> 8-3
8.4 Disassembly and
Reassembly
This section describes procedures for disassembly
and reassembly for maintenance and component
replacement.
Shrouding Bolt
Always turn OFF power and shut off and release
pressures before disassembly. Use proper tools for Shrouding Bolt F0802.ai
all operations. Table 8.2 shows the tools required.
Figure 8.2 Shrouding Bolts
Table 8.2 Tools for Disassembly and Reassembly
Tool Quantity Remarks 8.4.1 Replacing the Integral Indicator
Phillips 1 JIS B4633, No. 2
screwdriver
Slotted 1 CAUTION
screwdriver
Allen wrenches 3 JIS B4648 Cautions for Explosion-proof/Flameproof
One each, nominal 3, 4 and Type Transmitters
2.5 mm Allen wrenches Users are prohibited by law from modifying the
Wrench 1 Width across flats, 17 mm construction of a explosion-proof/flameproof type
Torque wrench 1 transmitter. This would invalidate the agency
Adjustable 1 approval for the use of the transmitter in a rated
wrench
area.
Socket wrench 1 Width across flats, 16 mm
Socket driver 1 Width across flats, 5.5 mm It follows that the user is prohibited from using
Tweezers 1 a explosion-proof/flameproof type transmitter
with its integral indicator removed, or from
adding an integral indicator to a transmitter. If
such modification is absolutely required, contact
CAUTION
Yokogawa.
Precautions for ATEX Flameproof Type
Transmitters This subsection describes the procedure for
• Flameproof type transmitters must be, as replacing an integral indicator. (See figure 8.3)
a rule, removed to a non-hazardous area
for maintenance and be disassembled and
reassembled to the original state.
• On the flameproof type transmitters the two
covers are locked, each by an Allen head
bolt (shrouding bolt). When a shrouding bolt
is driven clockwise by an Allen wrench, it is
going in and cover lock is released, and then
the cover can be opened.
When a cover is closed it should be locked
by a shrouding bolt without fail. Tighten the
shrouding bolt to a torque of 0.7 N·m.

IM 01C25B01-01E
<8. Maintenance> 8-4
■ Removing the Integral Indicator 3) Disconnect the output terminal cable (cable
with brown connector at the end). When doing
1) Remove the cover.
this, lightly press the side of the CPU assembly
2) While supporting the integral indicator with one
connector and pull the cable connector to
hand, loosen its two mounting screws.
disengage.
3) Dismount the LCD board assembly from the
4) Use a socket driver (width across flats, 5.5mm)
CPU assembly.
to loosen the two bosses.
When doing this, carefully pull the LCD board
5) Carefully pull the CPU assembly straight
assembly straight forward so as not to damage
forward to remove it.
the connector pins between it and the CPU
6) Disconnect the flat cable (cable with white
assembly.
connector at the end) that connects the CPU
■ Attaching the Integral Indicator assembly and the capsule.
1) Align both the LCD board assembly and CPU
assembly connectors and engage them. NOTE
2) Insert and tighten the two mounting screws.
Be careful not to apply excessive force to the
3) Replace the cover.
CPU assembly when removing it.
Output terminal cable
■ Mounting the CPU Assembly
1) Connect the flat cable (with white connector)
Press between the CPU assembly and the capsule.
forward 2) Connect the output terminal cable (with brown
Slide
connector).
switch
Integral
Boss Zero- NOTE
indicator adjustment
CPU assembly screw
Make certain that the cables do not get pinched
Bracket
(for zero-adjustment between the case and the edge of the CPU
screw pin) assembly.
Zero-adjustment
LCD board assembly screw pin
Mounting screw 3) Align and engage the zero-adjustment screw
Amplifier Cover pin with the groove on the bracket on the CPU
assembly. Then insert the CPU board assembly
F0803.ai straight onto the post in the amplifier case.
Figure 8.3 Removing and Attaching LCD Board 4) Tighten the two bosses. If the transmitter is
Assembly and CPU Assembly equipped with an integral indicator, refer to
subsection 8.4.1 to mount the indicator.
8.4.2 Replacing the CPU Board Assembly
This subsection describes the procedure for
NOTE
replacing the CPU assembly. (See figure 8.3) Confirm that the zero-adjustment screw pin is
placed properly in the groove on the bracket prior
■ Removing the CPU Assembly to tightening the two bosses. If it is not, the zero-
1) Remove the cover. If an integral indicator is adjustment mechanism will be damaged.
mounted, refer to subsection 8.4.1 and remove
the indicator. 5) Replace the cover.
2) Turn the zero-adjustment screw to the position
(where the screw head slot is horizontal) as
shown in figure 8.3.

IM 01C25B01-01E
<8. Maintenance> 8-5
8.4.3 Cleaning and Replacing the Capsule 1) Remove the CPU assembly as shown in
Assembly subsection 8.4.2.
2) Remove the two setscrews that connect the
This subsection describes the procedures for
transmitter section and pressure-detector
cleaning and replacing the capsule assembly. (See
section.
figure 8.4.)
3) Remove the hexagon-head screw and the
stopper.
CAUTION 4) Separate the transmitter section and pressure-
detector section.
Cautions for Flameproof Type Transmitters
5) Remove the nuts from the four flange bolts.
Users are prohibited by law from modifying the
6) While supporting the capsule assembly with
construction of a flameproof type transmitter. If
one hand, remove the cover flange.
you wish to replace the capsule assembly with
7) Remove the capsule assembly.
one of a different measurement range, contact
8) Clean the capsule assembly or replace with a
Yokogawa.
new one.
The user is permitted, however, to replace a
capsule assembly with another of the same ■ Reassembling the Capsule Assembly
measurement range. When doing so, be sure to 1) Insert the capsule assembly between the flange
observe the following. bolts, paying close attention to the relative
• The replacement capsule assembly must positions of the H (high pressure side) and
have the same part number as the one being L (low pressure side) marks on the capsule
replaced. assembly.
• The section connecting the transmitter and Replace the two capsule gaskets with new
capsule assembly is a critical element in gaskets.
preservation of flameproof performance, and 2) Install the cover flange on the high pressure
must be checked to verify that it is free of side, and use a torque wrench to tighten the
dents, scratches, and other defects. four nuts uniformly to a torque shown below.
• After completing maintenance, be sure to
securely tighten the setscrews that fasten EJ110, EJ310, EJ430
the transmitter section and pressure-detector Model Wetted parts material code EJ120
section together. S, L H,M,T,A,D,B,W
Torque(N·m) 17* 40 40
{kgf·m} {1.7} {4.1} {4.1}
■ Removing the Capsule Assembly *: 40 for measurement span code F, option code /HD or /HD2.

IMPORTANT EJ130 EJ440


Model Bolts & nuts material code
Exercise care as follows when cleaning the G, C J G, C J
capsule assembly. Torque(N·m) 90 110 70 100
• Handle the capsule assembly with care, and {kgf·m} {9.2} {11.2} {7.1} {10.2}
be especially careful not to damage or distort
the diaphragms that contact the process 3) After the pressure-detector section has been
fluid. reassembled, a leak test must be performed to
• Do not use a chlorinated or acidic solution for verify that there are no pressure leaks.
cleaning. 4) Reattach the transmitter section to the
• Rinse thoroughly with clean water after pressure-detector section.
cleaning. Reattach the stopper with the hexagon-head
screw.
5) Tighten the two setscrews. (Tighten the screws
to a torque of 1.5 N·m)
6) Install the CPU assembly according to
subsection 8.4.2.
7) After completing reassembly, adjust the zero
point and recheck the parameters.

IM 01C25B01-01E
<8. Maintenance> 8-6
Bolt
Transmitter section
Process connector

Process connector gasket

Setscrew

Nut

Capsule gasket

Flange bolt

F0805.ai

Figure 8.5 Removing and Mounting the Process


Connector

Pressure-detector section
8.5 Troubleshooting
Cover flange
F0804.ai If any abnormality appears in the measured values,
Figure 8.4 Removing and Mounting the Pressure- use the troubleshooting flow chart below to isolate
detector Section and remedy the problem. Since some problems
have complex causes, these flow charts may
not identify all. If you have difficulty isolating or
IMPORTANT correcting a problem, contact Yokogawa service
If you remove the vent/drain plugs when personnel.
disassembling EJ130 and EJ440
transmitters, install the plugs again before 8.5.1 Basic Troubleshooting
reassembling the cover flanges with the capsule First determine whether the process variable
assmbly. is actually abnormal or a problem exists in the
measurement system.
8.4.4 Replacing the Process Connector If the problem is in the measurement system,
Gaskets isolate the problem and decide what corrective
This subsection describes process connector action to take.
gasket replacement. (See figure 8.5.) This transmitter is equipped with a self-diagnostic
(a) Loosen the two bolts, and remove the process function which will be useful in troubleshooting,
connectors. and the transmitter equipped with an integral
(b) Replace the process connector gaskets. indicator will show an alarm code as a result of self-
(c) Remount the process connectors. Tighten the diagnosis.
bolts securely and uniformly to a torque shown See subsection 8.5.3 for the list of alarms.
below, and verify that there are no pressure See also each communication manual.
leaks.
EJ110 EJ440
EJ120
Model EJ130
EJ310 C capsule D capsule
EJ430
Torque(N·m) 39 to 49 49 to 59
{kgf·m} {4 to 5} {5 to 6}

IM 01C25B01-01E
<8. Maintenance> 8-7
: Areas where self-diagnostic offers support 8.5.2 Troubleshooting Flowcharts

Abnormalities appear in measurement. The following sorts of symptoms indicate that transmitter
may not be operating properly.
Example : • There is no output signal.
• Output signal does not change even though
process variable is known to be varying.
YES • Output value is inconsistent with value
Is process variable
inferred for process variable.
itself abnormal?

Inspect the NO Connect communicator and check self-diagnostics.


Measurement system problem
process system.

Isolate problem in YES


measurement system. Does the self-diagnostic
indicate problem location?

NO Refer to error message summary in


Subsection 8.5.3 or in each
communication manual to take actions.
YES Does problem exist in
receiving instrument?
Is power supply NO
polarity correct?
NO
Inspect receiver.

YES Refer to Section 6.3 to check/correct


polarity at each terminal from power
supply to the terminal box.
Environmental conditions Transmitter itself

Are power
NO
Check/correct supply voltage and load
Check transmitter. resistance correct?
environmental conditions.
Operating conditions
YES Refer to Section 6.6 for rated voltage
and load resistance.
Check/correct operating
conditions.
F0806.ai

Are valves opened or NO


Figure 8.6 Basic Flow and Self-Diagnostics
closed correctly?

YES Fully close equalizing valve, and fully


open high pressure and low pressure
valves.

YES
Is there any pressure leak?

NO Fix pressure leaks, paying particular


attention to connections for impulse
piping,pressure-detector section, etc.

Is there
continuity through the NO
transmitter loop wiring?
Do the loop numbers
match?

Find/correct broken conductor or


YES
wiring error.

Contact Yokogawa service personnel.


F0807.ai

IM 01C25B01-01E
<8. Maintenance> 8-8

Output travels beyond 0% or 100%. Large output error.

Connect a communicator and check self-diagnostics. Connect a communicator and check self-diagnostics.

Does the self- YES Does the self- YES


diagnostic indicate problem diagnostic indicate problem
location? location?

NO Refer to error message summary in NO Refer to error message summary in


each communication manual to take each communication manual to take
actions. actions.

Are valves opened or NO


Is power supply NO
closed correctly?
polarity correct?

YES Fully close equalizing valve, and fully


YES Refer to Section 6.3 to check/correct open high pressure and low pressure
polarity at each terminal from power valves.
supply to the terminal box.

Is impulse piping NO
Are valves opened or NO
connected correctly?
closed correctly?

YES Refer to individual model user manuals


YES Fully close equalizing valve, and fully and connect piping as appropriate for
open high pressure and low pressure the measurement purpose.
valves.

Are power supply NO


YES voltage and load resistance
Is there any pressure leak?
correct?

NO YES Refer to Section 6.6 for rated voltage


Fix pressure leaks, paying particular and load resistance.
attention to connections for impulse
piping, pressure-detector section, etc.

Is transmitter
installed where there is YES
Is impulse piping NO
to high pressure and low marked variation in
pressure side correct? temperature?

Provide lagging and/or cooling, or allow


YES Refer to individual model user manuals NO adequate ventilation.
and connect piping as appropriate for
the measurement purpose.

Were appropriate NO
Is zero point NO instruments used for
adjusted correctly? calibration?

YES Refer to Section 8.2 when selecting


YES Adjust the zero point. instruments for calibration.

NO
Contact Yokogawa service personnel. Is output adjusted correctly?
F0808.ai

YES Adjust the output.

Contact Yokogawa service personnel.


F0809.ai

IM 01C25B01-01E
<8. Maintenance> 8-9
8.5.3 Alarms and Countermeasures
Table 8.3 Alarm Message Summary
Output Operation
Indicator Cause Countermeasure
during Error
None
AL. 01 Sensor problem. Outputs the signal (Hold, High, or Replace capsule when error
CAP. ERR Capsule temperature sensor Low) set with parameter. keeps appearing even after
problem. restart.
Capsule EEPROM problem.
AL. 02 Amplifier temperature sensor Outputs the signal (Hold, High, or Replace amplifier.
AMP. ERR problem. Low) set with parameter.
Amplifier EEPROM problem.
Amplifier problem.
AL. 10 Input is outside measurement Outputs high range limit value or Check input or replace capsule
PRESS range limit of capsule. low range limit value. when necessary.
AL. 11 Static pressure exceeds limit. Continues to operate and output.
ST. PRSS
AL. 12 Capsule temperature is outside Use heat insulation or make
CAP. TMP range (–50 to 130°C). lagging to keep temperature
AL. 13 Amplifier temperature is outside within range.
AMP. TMP range (–50 to 95°C)
AL. 30 Output is outside upper or lower Outputs high range limit value or Check input and range setting,
RANGE range limit value. low range limit value. and change them as needed.
AL. 31 Static pressure exceeds specified Continues to operate and
SP. RNG range. output.
AL. 35 *1 Input pressure exceeds specified Check input.
P. HI threshold.
AL. 36 *1
P. LO
AL. 37 *1 Input static pressure exceeds
SP. HI specified threshold.
AL. 38 *1
SP. LO
AL. 39 *1 Detected temperature exceeds
TMP. HI specified threshold.
AL. 40 *1
TMP. LO
AL. 50 Specified value is outside of setting Holds output immediately before Check setting and change them
P. LRV range. error occurred. as needed.
AL. 51
P. URV
AL. 52
P. SPN
AL. 53 Continues to operate and output. Check input.
P. ADJ
AL. 54 Continues to operate and output Check setting and change them
SP. RNG holding static pressure in %. as needed.
AL. 55 Continues to operate and output. Check input.
SP. ADJ
AL. 60 Specified values or settings to Check setting and change
SC. CFG define signal characterizer function them as needed.
do not satisfy the condition.
AL. 79 Displayed value exceeds limit.
OV. DISP

*1: These alarms may appear only when process alarm function is activated.

IM 01C25B01-01E
<9. General Specifications> 9-1

9. General Specifications
Please refer to the following General Specifications list for the specifications, model, suffix and option codes,
and external dimensions of each product.
The General Specifications can be downloaded from the website of Yokogawa.
Website address: https://www.yokogawa.com/solutions/products-platforms/field-instruments/
■ General Specifications List
Model Document Title Document No.
EJX110A Differential Pressure Transmitter GS 01C25B01-01EN
EJX120A Differential Pressure Transmitter GS 01C25B03-01EN
EJX130A Differential Pressure Transmiter GS 01C25B04-01EN
EJX210A Flange Mounted Differential Pressure Transmitter GS 01C25C01-01EN
EJX310A Absolute Pressure Transmitter GS 01C25D01-01EN
EJX430A Gauge Pressure Transmitter GS 01C25E01-01EN
EJX440A Gauge Pressure Transmitter GS 01C25E02-01EN
EJX510A, EJX530A Absolute and Gauge Pressure Transmitters GS 01C25F01-01EN
EJX610A, EJX630A Absolute and Gauge Pressure Transmitters GS 01C25F05-01EN
EJX118A Diaphragm Sealed Differential Pressure Transmitter GS 01C25H01-01EN
EJX118A Diaphragm Sealed Differential Pressure Transmitter (Inner Diaphragm type) GS 01C25H01-11EN
EJX438A Diaphragm Sealed Gauge Pressure Transmitter GS 01C25J03-01EN
EJX438A Diaphragm Sealed Gauge Pressure Transmitter (Inner Diaphragm type) GS 01C25J03-11EN
EJX115A Low Flow Transmitter GS 01C25K01-01EN
EJX910A Multivariable Transmitter GS 01C25R01-01EN
EJX930A Multivariable Transmitter GS 01C25R04-01EN
EJXC50A, EJXC40A,
EJAC50E, C20FE,
C20FW, C10FR,
EJXC80A, EJAC80E,
C81FA, C82FA, C81FD,
Diaphragm Seal System GS 01C25W01-01EN
C82FD, C30SW,
C30SE, C80FW,
C80FE, EJXC81A,
EJAC81E, C70SE,
C70SW
EJXC40A Digital Remote Sensor GS 01C25W05-01EN
EJX110A, EJX130A Differential Pressure Transmitter High Damping Capsule (Option Code: /HD) GS 01C25V01-01EN
EJX110A Differential Pressure Transmitters High Damping Capsule (General)
GS 01C25V02-01EN
(Option Code: /HD2)
EJX-A, EJA-E Explosion Protected Type and Marine Certificate Type GS 01C25A20-01EN
EJA110E Differential Pressure Transmitter GS 01C31B01-01EN
EJA120E Differential Pressure Transmitter GS 01C31B03-01EN
EJA130E Differential Pressure Transmitter GS 01C31B04-01EN
EJA210E Flange Mounted Differential Pressure Transmitter GS 01C31C01-01EN
EJA310E Absolute Pressure Transmitter GS 01C31D01-01EN
EJA430E Gauge Pressure Transmitter GS 01C31E01-01EN
EJA440E Gauge Pressure Transmitter GS 01C31E02-01EN
EJA510E, EJA530E Absolute Pressure Transmitter and Gauge Pressure Transmitter GS 01C31F01-01EN
EJA118E Diaphragm Sealed Differential Pressure Transmitter GS 01C31H01-01EN
EJA118E Diaphragm Sealed Differential Pressure Transmitter (Inner Diaphragm type) GS 01C31H01-11EN
EJA438E Diaphragm Sealed Gauge Pressure Transmitter GS 01C31J03-01EN
EJA438E Diaphragm Sealed Gauge Pressure Transmitter (Inner Diaphragm type) GS 01C31J03-11EN
EJA115E Low Flow Transmitter GS 01C31K01-01EN
EJAC60E, EJA560E Hygienic Adapter System (Fluidless Type)
GS 01C31Y01-01EN
Hygienic Gauge Pressure Transmitter (Fluidless Type)
EJA110E, EJA130E Differential Pressure Transmitter High Damping Capsule (Option Code: /HD) GS 01C31V01-01EN
EJA110E Differential Pressure Transmitters High Damping Capsule (General)
GS 01C31V02-01EN
(Option Code: /HD2)
If you cannot find it on our website, please contact YOKOGAWA office.

IM 01C25B01-01E
Rev-1

Revision Information
 Title : Differential Pressure and Pressure Transmitters
EJ110, EJ120, EJ130, EJ310, EJ430, and EJ440
 Manual No. : IM 01C25B01-01E

Edition Date Page Revised Item


1st Mar. 2004 — New publication
15th Oct. 2014 2-2 2.8 • Add information for 1 to 5 V output.
2-5 2.9.1 • Add information for 1 to 5 V output.
2-7, 2-8 2.9.2 • Add information for 1 to 5 V output.
2-9 to 2-11 2.9.3 • Add information for 1 to 5 V output.
2-13 2.9.4 • Add EPL code. Revise applicable standard. Add information for
1 to 5 V output. Add note for electro static charge. Add electrical
connection.
2-14 2.10 • Add standard for PROFIBUS.
6-1 6.3 • Add Figure 6.1 Terminal.
6-2 6.3.3 • Add information for 1 to 5 V output.
6-3 6.4 • Add information for 1 to 5 V output.
6-5 6.6 • Add applicability.
7-6 7.6.1 • Add “10.Device information” in Figure 7.9.
7-7 7.6.3 • Add note in the figure.
7-8 7.6 • Add 7.6.6 Pressure LRV/URV Configuration.
7-9 7.6 • Add 7.6.8 Output Mode Configuration and 7.6.9 Display Out 1
Configuration.
8-9 8.5.3 • Correct AL31 output operation.
9-2 to 9-4 9.1 • Add information for 1 to 5 V output.
9-5 • Add EMC standard for PROFIBUS and EMI specification.
9-12 to 9-17 9.2 • Add output signal code Q
9-19 9.3 • Revise the description for SU2 and SF2.
9-35 9.4 • Add information for 1 to 5 V output.
16th June 2015 1-3 1.1 • Add (g) and (h).
2-1, 2-12 Replace name plate figure.
2-4 to 2-7 NEMA TYPE 4X → Type 4X.
2-6, 2-7 2.9.2 • Add C22.2 No.61010-2-030
2-14 2.5 • for Profibus → for Fieldbus
2-15 2.12 • Add C22.2 No.61010-1, C22.2 No.61010-2-030
7-7 7.6.3 • Add note for software revision 3.01.
7-6 to 7-10 Change layout.
9-5 9.1 • Modify ‘EMC conformity standards.’
9-26 9.4 • Add Bottom process connection for measurement span code F.
17th July 2015 2-5, 2-7, 2-9, 2-14 Delete /V1F.
2-12 to 2-15 2.9.4 • Add SU21. Add a and b.
9-5 9.1 • Revise descriptions for EMC conformity standards.
9-6 to 9-17 9.2 • Add material for mounting bracket code D and K.
9-18 9.2 • Delete #.
9-19 9.3 • Add SU21.
18th Sep. 2015 9-3 9.1 • Add condition for Burst Pressure Limits and Maximum Pressure
Limits.
9-21 9.3 • Add /HD.
9-22 to 9-25 9.4 • Add /HD.

IM 01C25B01-01E
Rev-2
Edition Date Page Revised Item
19th Oct. 2018 1-1 1. • Add S2.
• Add descriptions in “Regarding This Manual.”
1-2 to 1-4 1.1 • Add WARINING marks. Add notes in (c). Add (i)
• Delete “1.3 ATEX Documentation.”
2-3 2.8 • Correct current value of dielectric strength test. 10 mA -> 25 mA
2-4 to 2-5 2.9.1 a. • Add Control Drawing.
2-8 to 2-12 2.9.3 • Update ATEX certification. Update Applicable Standards and
Type of Protection. (Ex d -> Ex db), Modify “Specific Conditions
of Use.” Update Name plate for flameproof.
2-13 2.9.4 a. • Add description of Enclosure. Modify “Specific Conditions of
Use.”
2-14 2.9.4 c. • Delete c (contents for old /SU2.) Add protection code Gb.
2-15 2.10 • Update standards.
2-15 2.11 • Update standards.
2-16 2.12 • Add “2.12 EU RoHS Directive.”
2-16 2.13 • Delete Altitude.
4-4 4.5 • Add WARNING. Modify descriptions for rotation.
7-3 7.2 • Add NOTE.
8-5 8.4.3 • Add wetted parts material L and W in the table.
9-3 9.1 • Add wetted parts material W.
9-5 • Modify description for Housing.
9-18 9.2 • Add wetted parts material L and W.
9-19 • Add Table 4.
9-20 to 9-23 9.3 • Add codes for Local Ex-certificate, Marine certificate, and option
codes for Diaphragm Seal System.
20th July 2019 8-5 8.4.3 • Add the description for optional code HD2.
9-3 9.1 • Add /HD2 for the description of Burst Pressure Limits and
Maximum Pressure Limits.
9-3 9.1 • Add notes of /HD for Process Temperature Limits.
9-5 9.1 • Modify the description for Housing. Add Coating of housing.
9-22 9.3 • Add optional code HD2.
9-22 9.3 • Add notes for color change option and coating change option.
9-24 to 9-38 9.4 • Add the note and optional code HD2.
21st Nov. 2019 Toc-3, 1-1 • Change the description for using the transmitters in Safety
Instrumented Systems (SIS) application.
2-5 2.9.1 • Changed the applicable standard for FM Explosionproof Type.
7-7 7.6.1 • Add Loop test description, figure and notes.
7-8 7.6.3 • Add Loop test description and figure.
7-9 • Add 7.6.4 Loop Test Configuration.
7-12 7.6.14.1 • Change the figure.
9-1 to 9-38 9. • Delete the description for general specifications and add the
General Specifications list.
22nd Apr. 2020 2-6 to 2-9 2.9.2 • Updated the description for CSA Certification.
2-10, 2-11, 2-13 2.9.3 • Updated the description for ATEX Certification.
2-16 2.10 • Added some information for EMC Conformity Standards.
2-18 2.13 • Added (3) and (4).

IM 01C25B01-01E
IOM MANUAL- FLOW ELEMENTS
Primary Elements

Installation Guide
01/2017

THE EXPERT IN LEVEL AND FLOW


Intra-Automation Installation Guide Primary Elements

Intra-Automation
Otto-Hahn-Str. 20
41515 Grevenbroich

Printed: 01/2017

© 2017 Intra-Automation GmbH


Technical details subject to be changed!

-1-
Primary Elements Installation Guide Intra-Automation

Primary Elements
Installation Guide
List of contents:

Chapt. Title Page


1. Safety Instructions 3
2. General Instructions 4
3. General 6
4. Minimum upstream and downstream straight lengths required for installation 6
between various fittings and the primary device
5. General requirements for flow conditions at the primary device 10
6. Additional specific installation requirements for orifice plates, nozzles and Venturi 10
nozzles

-2-
Intra-Automation Installation Guide Primary Elements

1. Safety instructions

In this manual you will find information for your own safety and to prevent any type of damage. The
hints are marked with a danger sign described as follows:

DANGER
means, that death, personal injury or high damage to property will occur, if there
should be taken no precausion.

WARNING
means, that death, personal injury or high damage to property can occur, if there
should be taken no precausion.

CAUTION
with danger sign means, that only small personal injuries can occur, if there should
be taken no precausion.

CAUTION
without danger sign means, that damage to property can occur, if there should be
taken no precausion.

ATTENTION
highlights actions or procedures which, if not performed correctly, may indirectly
affect operation or may lead to an instrument response which is not planned.

NOTE
Is an important information about the product itself, the handling of the product or
that part of the manual to which special attention is to be drawn.

Limited liability
We checked the content of the manual in accordance to the hardware. But we can not guarranty that
there will be differences between the manual and the hardware. The manual will be checked regularly
to correct the manual in the following versions.

Copyright  Intra-Automation GmbH 2017 All rights reserved


No part of this manual may be reproduced in any way (printed, photo-copied or any other method)
without prior written authorization by Intra-Automation GmbH nor may this catalogue be used,
distributed or copied in any electronic format.

 Intra-Automation GmbH 2017


Technical details subject to be changed

-3-
Primary Elements Installation Guide Intra-Automation

2. General Instructions

NOTE
For reasons of clarity the manual does not contain detailed information about all
types of products and cannot take into account every conceivable case of
installation, operation or maintenance.

If you require further information or should any problems occur which are not
sufficiently explained in the manual, you can consult your local Intra-Automation
branch to obtain the necessary information.

May we also draw your attention to the fact that the contents of the manual are not
part of a previous or existing agreement, approval or legal relationship or an
amendment thereof. All obligations of the Intra-Automation GmbH result from the
contract of purchase which also contains the full and solely valid warranty
agreement. These contractual warranty conditions are neither extended nor
restricted by the contents of the manual.

The contents reflect the technical state at the time of going to print. They are subject
to technical modifications in the course of further development.

WARNING
Intrinsically safe devices lose their license as soon as they are operated on circuits
which do not meet the requirements of the EC test certificate.

The device may be operated with high pressure and corrosive media. Therefore
serious injuries and/ or considerable material damage cannot be ruled out in the
event of improper handling of the device.

The perfect and safe operation of this equipment is conditional upon proper
transport, proper storage, installation and assembly as well as on careful operation
and commissioning.

The equipment may only be used for the purposes specified in this instruction
manual.

Exclusion of liability
All modifications to the device require the expressed approval of the manufacturer..

-4-
Intra-Automation Installation Guide Primary Elements

Qualified Personnel
Qualified personnel is persons familiar with installation, commissioning and operation of the product
and who have the appropriate qualifications for their activities, such as:
- training or instruction or authorization to operate and maintain devices/ systems according to
the standard of safety technology for high pressures and corrosive media.
- training or instruction according to the standards of safety engineering in the care and use of
suitable safety equipment.
- training in first aid.

CAUTION
Modules which are sensitive to electrostatic charge may be destroyed by voltages
which are far below the human level of perception. These voltages occur already
when you touch a component or electrical connections of a module without first
discharging yourself electro-statically. The damage incurred by a module as a result
of an overvoltage is not usually immediately perceptible but only becomes
noticeable after a long time in operation.

-5-
Primary Elements Installation Guide Intra-Automation

3. General
1. The method of measurements applies only to fluids flowing through a pipeline of circular
crossection.
2. The pipe shall run full at the measuring section.
3. The primary device shall be installed in the pipeline at a position such that the flow conditions
immediately upstream approach those of a fully developed profile and are free from swirl.
4. The primary device shall be fitted between two sections of straight cylindrical pipe of constant cross-
section area, in which there is no obstruction (whether or not there is flow into or out of such
connections during measurement) other than those specified in this part of ISO 5167.
The pipe is considered as straight when it appears so by visual inspection. The required minimum
straight lengths of pipe, which conform to the nature of the fittings, the type or primary device and the
diameter ration. They are specified in tables 1 and 2.
5. The pipe bore shall be circular over the entire minimum length of straight pipe required. The cross-
section is taken to be circular if it appears so by visual inspection. The circularity of the outside of the
pipe can be taken as a guide, except in the immediate vicinity of the primary device where special
requirements shall apply according to the type of primary device used.
6. The internal diameter D of the measuring pipe shall comply with the values given for each type of
primary device.
7. The inside surface of the measuring pipe shall be clean and free from encrustations, pitting and
deposits, and shall conform with the roughness criterion for at least a length of 10D upstream and 4D
downstream of the primary device.
8. The pipe may be provided with drain holes and/or vent holes for the removal of solid deposits and
fluids other than the measured fluid. However, there shall be no flow through the drain holes and vent
holes during the measurement of the flow.
The drain holes and vent holes shall not be located near to the primary device, unless it is unavoidable
to do so. In such a case, the diameter of these holes shall be smaller than 0,08D and their location
shall be such that the distance, measured on a straight line for one of these holes to a pressure
tapping of the primary device placed on the same side of this primary device, is always grater than
0,5D. The axial planes of the pipe containing respectively the centre-line of a pressure tapping and the
centre-line of a drain hole or vent hole shall be oddest by at least 30°.
9. The pipe and the flanges shall be lagged, unnecessary to lag the pipe when the temperature of the
fluid, between the inlets of the minimum straight length of the downstream pipe, does not exceed any
limiting value for the accuracy of the flow measurements required.
4. Minimum upstream and downstream straight lengths required for
installation between various fittings and the primary device
1. The minimum straight lengths are given in the tables 1 and 2
NOTE
The minimum straight lengths specified in table 2 for classical Venturi tubes are less
than those specified orifice plates, nozzles and Venturi nozzles for the following
reasons:
a) they are derived from different experimental results and different correlation
approaches;
b) the convergent portion of the classical Venturi tube is designed to obtain a more
uniform velocity profile at the throat of the device. Tests have shown that with
identical diameter ratios, the minimum straight lengths upstream of the classical
Venturi tube may be less than those required for orifice plates, nozzles and Venturi
nozzles.

-6-
Intra-Automation Installation Guide Primary Elements

2. The straight lengths given in tables 1 and 2 are minimum values and the use of straight lengths
longer than those indicated is always recommended. For research work in particular, straight lengths
of at least twice the upstream values given in tables 1 and 2 are recommended for zero additional
uncertainty.
3. When the straight lengths are equal to or longer than the values given in table 1 and 2 for zero
additional deviation, there is no need to add any additional deviation to the coeffizent uncertainty to
take account of the effect of such installation conditions.
4. When the upstream or downstream straight length id shorter than the zero additional uncertainty,
values and equal to or greater than 0,5% additional uncertainty values, as given in tables 1 and 2 an
additional uncertainty of 0,5% shall be added arithmetically to the uncertainty on the discharge
coefficient.
5. If the straight lengths are shorter than the 0,5% additional uncertainty values given in tables 1 and
2, this part of ISO 5167 gives no information by which to predict the values of any additional
uncertainty to be taken into account; this is also the case when the upstream and downstream straight
lengths are both shorter than the zero additional uncertainty values.
6. The values mentioned in tables 1 and 2 shall be fully open. It is recommended that control of the
flow-rate be effected by valves located downstream of the primary device.
7. After the single change of direction (bend or tee), it is recommended that if pairs of single tappings
are used they be installed so that their axes are perpendicular to the plane of the bend or tee.
8. The values given in tables 1 and 2 were obtained experimentally with a very long straight length
upstream of the particular fitting in question and so it could be assumed that the flow upstream of the
disturbance was virtually fully developed and swirl free. Since in practice such conditions are difficult
to achieve, the following information may be used as a guide for normal installation practise.
a) If the primary device is installed in a pipe leading from an upstream open space or large vessel,
either directly or through any fitting, the total length of pipe between the open space and the primary
device shall never be less than 30D. If any fitting is installed, then the straight lengths given in table 1
or 2 shall also apply between this fitting and the primary device.
b) If several fittings other than 90° bends are placed in series upstream from the primary device, the
following rule shall be applied between the fitting(1) closed to the primary device and the primary
device itself, there shall be a minimum straight length such as is indicated for the fitting(1) in questions
and for the actual values of ß in table 1 or 2, in addition, between this fitting(1) and the preceding
one(2) there shall be a straight length equal to one-half of the value given in table 1 or 2 for fitting (2)
for a primary device of diameter ration ß = 0,7 whatever the actual value of ß may be. This
requirement does not apply when the fitting (2) is an abrupt symmetrical reduction, the case of which
is covered by a.) above.
If one of the minimum straight lengths so adopted appears in parentheses, a 0,5% additional
uncertainty shall be added arithmetically to the discharge coefficient uncertainty.

-7-
Primary Elements Installation Guide Intra-Automation

Required straight lenghts for classical Venturi tubes acc. ISO 5167
two or more Expander Expander
Reducer Full bore
90° bends in 0,67D to D Reducer 3D 0,75D to D
Diameter ratio Single 1,33D to D ball or gate
same and over a to D over a over a
ß 90° bend*) over a length valve fully
different length od length of 3,5D length of
of 2,3 D open
planes*) 2,5D 1D

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A B A B A B A A B A B A B
0,30 8 3 8 3 4 4 0,30 8 3 8 3 4
0,40 8 3 8 3 4 4 0,40 8 3 8 3 4 2,5
0,50 9 3 10 3 4 5 0,50 9 3 10 3 4 2,5
0,60 10 3 10 3 4 6 0,60 10 3 10 3 4 3,5
0,70 14 3 18 3 4 7 0,70 14 3 18 3 4 3,5
0,75 16 8 22 8 4 7 0,75 16 8 22 8 4
*) The radius of curature of the bend shall be greater than or equal to the pipe diameter.

NOTE
The minimum straight lengths between various fittings located upstream of the
classical Venturi tube and the classical Venturi tube itself. Straight legths shall be
measured from the downstream end of the curved portion of the nearest (or only)
bend or the downstream end of the conical portion of the reducer or expander to the
upstream pressure tapping plane of the classical Venturi tube.
NOTE
Column A for each fitting gives lengths corresponding to zero additional uncertainty
values.
Column B for each fitting gives lengths corresponding to 0,5% additional
uncertainty.
NOTE
If temperature pockets or wells are installed upstream of the classical, Venturi tube,
they must not exceed 0,13D in diameter and must be located at least 4D upstream
of the upstream tapping plane of the venturi tube.
NOTE
For downstream straight lengthe, fittings or other disturbances (as indicated in this
Table) stuated at least four throat diameters downstream of the throat pressure
tapping plane do not affect the accuracy of the measurement.

-8-
Intra-Automation Installation Guide Primary Elements

Required straight lenghts for Orifices, Nozzles and Venturi Nozzles acc. ISO 5167

Diameter ratio
ß Upstream (Inlet) of the primary device

Two or more 90° Two or more 90°


Reducer 2D to D over a Expander 0,5D to D over
Single 90° band or tee bends in same bends in different
length of 1,5D to 3D a length of 2 D
planes planes

1 2 3 4 5 6
A B A B A B A B A B
0,20 10 6 14 7 34 17 5 16 8
0,25 10 6 14 7 34 17 5 16 8
0,30 10 6 16 8 34 17 5 16 8
0,35 12 6 16 8 36 18 5 5 16 8
0,40 14 7 18 9 36 18 5 5 16 8
0,45 14 7 18 9 38 19 5 5 17 9
0,50 14 7 20 10 40 20 6 6 18 9
0,55 16 8 22 11 44 22 8 7 20 10
0,60 18 9 26 13 48 24 9 11 22 11
0,65 22 11 32 16 54 27 11 15 25 13
0,70 28 14 36 18 62 31 14 30 15
0,75 36 18 42 21 70 35 22 38 19
0,80 46 23 50 25 80 40 30 54 27

Upstream (Inlet) of the primary device Outlet


Diameter ratio
ß Thermometer
Thermometer pocket of well*)
Globe valve, fully Gate valve, fully Having a diameter Fittings
pocket of well*) of a of a diam
opened opened ratio under 0,5 (Columns 2 to 8)
diam. > 0,03D between 0,03D and
0,13D
1 7 8 9 10 11 12
A B A B A B A B A B A B

0,20 18 9 12 6 30 15 5 3 20 10 4 2
0,25 18 9 12 6 30 15 5 3 20 10 4 2
0,30 18 9 12 6 30 15 5 3 20 10 5 2,5
0,35 18 9 12 6 30 15 5 3 20 10 5 2,5
0,40 20 10 12 6 30 15 5 3 20 10 6 3
0,45 20 10 12 6 30 15 5 3 20 10 6 3
0,50 22 11 12 6 30 15 5 3 20 10 6 3
0,55 24 12 14 7 30 15 5 3 20 10 6 3
0,60 26 13 14 7 30 15 5 3 20 10 7 3,5
0,65 28 14 16 8 30 15 5 3 20 10 7 3,5
0,70 32 16 20 10 30 15 5 3 20 10 7 3,5
0,75 36 18 24 12 30 15 5 3 20 10 8 4
0,80 44 22 30 15 30 15 5 3 20 10 8 4

*) The installation of thermometer pockets or wells will not change the required ninimum upstream lengths of other fittings.

NOTE
The minimum straight lenths required are the lengths between various fittings
located on downstream of the primary device and the device itself. All straight
lengths shall be measured from the upstream face of the primary device.
NOTE
Column A for each fitting gives lengths corresponding to zero additional uncertainty
values.
Column B for each fitting gives lengths corresponding to 0,5% additional
uncertainty.

-9-
Primary Elements Installation Guide Intra-Automation

5. General requirements for flow conditions at the primary device


If the specified installation conditions given in tables 1 and 2 cannot be met this part of ISO5167 still
remains valid if the flow conditions immediately upstream of the primary device 1.1.3.
Swirl free conditions can be taken to exist when the swirl angle over the pipe is less than 2°.
Acceptable velocity profile conditions can be presumed to exist when, at each point across the pipe
cross section, the ratio of the local axial velocity to the maximum axial velocity at the cross-section
agrees to within 5% with that which would be achieved in swirl-free flow at the same radial position at
a cross-section located at the end of a very long straight length (over 100D) of similar pipe (fully
developed flow).
6. Additional specific installation requirements for orifice plates, nozzles and
Venturi nozzles
1 Circularity of the pipe
In the immediate vicinity of the primary device the following require-mints shall apply.
1.1 The length of the upstream pipe section adjacent to the primary device (or to the carrier ring if
there is one) shall be at least 2D and cylindrical. The pipe is said to be cylindrical when no diameter in
any plane differs by more than 0,3% from the mean value of D obtained from the measurement
specified in 1.4.1.2
1.2 The value of the pipe diameter D shall be the mean of the internal diameter over a length of 0,5D
upstream of the upstream pressure tapping. The internal diameter shall be the arithmetic mean of
measurements of at least twelve diameters, namely four diameters positioned at approximately equal
angels to each other, distributed in each of at least three cross-sections being at distance 0 and 0,5D
from the upstream tapping and one being in the place of the weld in the case of a weld-neck
construction. If there is a carrier ring this value of 0,5D shall be measured from upstream edge of the
carrier ring.
1.3 Beyond 2D from the primary device, the upstream pipe run between the primary device and the
first upstream fitting or disturbance may be of one or more sections of pipe.
No additional uncertainty in the discharge coefficient is involved provided that the uncertainty diameter
step between any two sections does not exceed 0,3% of the mean value of D obtained from the
measurements specified in 1.4.1.2
1.4 An additional uncertainty of 0,2% shall be added arithmetically to the uncertainty for the discharge
coefficient if the diameter step p between any two sections exceeds the limits given in 1.3, but
complies with the following relationship:
 s 
 + 0, 4 
∆p
≤ 0,002 D 
D  0,1 + 2,3β 4 
 
 
∆p
≤ 0,05
D

where is the distance of the step from the upstream pressure tapping or carrier ring.
1.5 If a step is grater than any one of the limits given in the inequalities above, the installation is not in
accordance with this part of ISO 5167.
1.6 No diameter of the downstream straight length, considered along a length of at least 2D from the
upstream face of the primary device, shall differ from the mean diameter of the upstream straight
length by more than 3%. This can be judged by checking a single diameter of the downstream straight
length.

2 Location of primary device and carrier rings


2.1 The primary device shall be placed in the pipe in such a way that the fluid flows from the upstream
face towards the downstream face.
2.2 The primary device shall be perpendicular to the centre-line of the pipe to within 1°.

- 10 -
Intra-Automation Installation Guide Primary Elements

2.3 The primary device shall be centred in the pipe or, if applicable, in the carrier rings. The distance
ex between the centre-lines of the pipe on the upstream and the downstream sides shall be less than
or equal to
0,0025 D
0,1 + 2,3β 4
If
0,0025 D 0,005 D
〈e x ≤
0,1 + 2,3β 4
0,1 + 2,3β 4
An additional uncertainty of 0,3% shall be added arithmetically to the uncertainty on the discharge
coefficient C.
In the case where
0,005 D
ex 〉
0,1 + 2,3β 4
This part of ISO5167 gives no information by which to predict the value of any additional uncertainty to
be taken into account.
2.4 When carrier rings are used, they shall be such centred such that they do not protrude into the
pipe at any point.

3 Method of fixing and gaskets


3.1 The method of fixing and tighten shall be such that once the primary device has been installed in
the proper position, it remains so.
It is necessary, when holding the primary device between flanges, to allow for its free thermal
expansion and to avoid buckling and distortion.
3.2 Gaskets or sealing rings shall be made and inserted in such a way that they do not protrude at any
point inside the pipe or across the pressure tappings are used. They shall be as possible, with due
consideration taken in main ting the relationship as defined in 2.2 for orifice plates.
3.3 If gaskets are used between the primary device and the annular chamber rings, they shall not
protrude inside the annular chamber.
1.5 Additional specific installation requirements for classical Venturi tubes
1. Circularity of the pipe
In the immediate vicinity of the classical Venturi tube, the following requirements shall apply.
1.1 Over an upstream length of at least 2D measured from the up-stream end of the entrance cylinder
of the venturi tube, the pipe shall by cylindrical.
1.2 The mean diameter of the pipe where it joins the classical Venturi tube entrance cylinder diameter
D. Moreover, no single diameter of this inlet pipe section shall differ from the mean of the measured
diameters by more than 2% for a distance of two pipe diameters of two pipe diameters upstream of the
classical Venturi tube.
1.3 The diameter of the pipe immediately downstream of the Venturi tube need not be measured
accurately but it shall be checked that the downstream pipe diameter is not than 90% of the diameter
at the end of the Venturi tube divergent section. This means that, in most cases, pipes having the
same nominal bore as that of the Venturi tube can be used.
2. Roughness of the upstream pipe
The upstream pipe shall have a relative roughness of k/D ¡Ü 10-3 on a length at least equal to 2D
measured upstream from classical Venturi tube.
3. Alignment of the classical Venturi tube
The offset distance between the centre-lines of the upstream pipe and if the Venturi tube, as
measured in the connecting plane of the up-stream pipe and entrance cylinder A, shall less than
0,005D. The angular alignment uncertainty of the Venturi tube centre-line with respect to the upstream
pipe centre-line shall less than 1°. Finally the sum of the offset and half the diameter deviation (see
1.5.1.2) shall be less than 0,007 5D.

- 11 -
Primary Elements Installation Guide Intra-Automation

CAUTION! Important Note!


Orifices with Flange Assembly

WARNING
The pressure taps are not closed tightly. After Installation and before
pressure test the taps have to be sealed with an applicable sealing agent
and the be closed tightly with the plugs!

- 12 -
Intra-Automation Installation Guide Primary Elements

- 13 -
Primary Elements Installation Guide Intra-Automation

Besides the products covered by this brochure, Intra-Automation GmbH also manufactures other high-
quality and high precision instruments for industrial measurement tasks. For more information, please
contact us (contact details on the backside of this brochure).

Flow measurement

Itabar®-Flow Sensor IntraSonic IS210 Ultrasonic Flow Meter

Level measurement

ITA-mag. Level Gauge MAGLINK Level Indicator

Other Measurement Tasks:

DigiFlow Flow and Level Computers IntraCon Digital Controllers IntraDigit Digital Indicators / Meters

- 14 -
Intra-Automation Installation Guide Primary Elements

International Headquarters: Sales Office for the BENELUX:


Intra-Automation GmbH B.V. Intra-Automation HTP
Otto-Hahn-Str. 20 PO Box 10
41515 Grevenbroich 4731 AA Oudenbosch
GERMANY THE NETHERLANDS

 +49 – (0) 21 81 / 7 56 65-0  +31 – (0)165 – 32 22 01


 +49 – (0) 21 81 / 6 44 92  +31 – (0)165 – 32 29 70

 info@intra-automation.de  info@intra-automation.nl
 www.intra-automation.com

- 15 -
IOM MANUAL- RESTRCITION ORIFICE PLATES
2c/9, New No. 57, South Phase, 3rd Main Road, Industrial Estate, Ambattur, Chennai 600 058. INDIA
+91 44 2624 5758, 2625 6375 Email – info@iaflow.com Website www.iaflow.com

INSTALLATION, OPERATION,
AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

ITEM : ORIFICE ASSEMBLY

Page 1 of 5
2c/9, New No. 57, South Phase, 3rd Main Road, Industrial Estate, Ambattur, Chennai 600 058. INDIA
+91 44 2624 5758, 2625 6375 Email – info@iaflow.com Website www.iaflow.com

These instructions are for guidance only. They are intended for use by experienced personnel
only during installation and putting into use.

IA Flow Elements Private Limited, is not liable for any damage to the element, the system, or for
personal injury resulting from incorrect installation or the use of these

Warning: ONLY EXPERIENCED PERSONNEL SHOULD INSTALL OR HANDLE THE


METER(S). ANY DAMAGE RESULTING FROM MISHANDLING OR IMPROPER
INSTALLATION IS NOTCOVERED BY WARRANTY.

1. HANDLING & STORAGE:

• The meters can be lifted by a crane using an appropriate sling or forklift depending upon
the type of packing.

• While using fork lift, ensure that the forks do not enter the interior of the Orifice.

• Orifice flow meter can be stored indefinitely indoors. But never stack them.

• External surface of Nozzle Assembly may either have light primer coating or may not have
any protection at all depending upon the order terms. So if they are to be stored in humid
or corrosive areas, the flange faces may need a suitable preventive coating. Care must be
taken to remove any such coating or sealant removed prior to installation:

• Prolonged exposure to sun light may cause discoloration and degradation of gloss.

• If storage is to be long-term, it is recommended that meters be covered with a tarp or


plastic sheeting in a dry location

• Do not remove the end covers (Polythene sheet or caps) until installation to prevent
foreign matter from damaging the internal portions of the meter.

• Pressure taps are either plugged or capped to protect the threads as well as to prevent
clogging of the holes. Do not remove until installation.

Page 2 of 5
2c/9, New No. 57, South Phase, 3rd Main Road, Industrial Estate, Ambattur, Chennai 600 058. INDIA
+91 44 2624 5758, 2625 6375 Email – info@iaflow.com Website www.iaflow.com

INSTALLATION:

• Prior to installation, inspect the Orifice Assembly for any damage. If a Orifice Assembly
appears damaged in any way, contact IA FLOW or its local representative.

• Prior to installation, inspect the Orifice to verify:


a) Correct Line Size
b) Correct Bore as ordered
c) Orifice edge free of nicks.
d) Correct stamped information
e) Flow Direction (Upstream Marking)

• Maximum Pressure and Temperature in the Flow Element Data Sheet are as specified in
the purchase order. Pressure and temperature ratings being process-based, deviations
from the ordered parameters must be accounted for by the end-user.

• Determine that the Orifice is installed with the upstream marking stamped on the handle
facing the direction of the flow.

• Never use any tool or tackle on the inside of the Orifice.

• The Orifice assembly must be adequately supported by the process pipes to prevent
excess loading on the body.

• Provide necessary clearances as deemed practical for installation, inspection, and


maintenance.

• Pipe must be parallel and properly aligned to prevent damage to the orifice flanges.

• Do not over-torque bolts.

• The Orifice Plate is normally installed by inserting it between flanges with gaskets on either
side. Note the following:

a) The Orifice opening must be correctly centered with respect to the internal pipe wall.

Page 3 of 5
2c/9, New No. 57, South Phase, 3rd Main Road, Industrial Estate, Ambattur, Chennai 600 058. INDIA
+91 44 2624 5758, 2625 6375 Email – info@iaflow.com Website www.iaflow.com

b) The orifice bore is beveled, the bevel must be face downstream.

c) Inside diameter of gaskets must be large enough, and the gasket must be so
positioned that they will not protrude beyond the inner surface of the pipe.

d) Orifice Plate must be installed flat without distortion.

e) Flange bolt must be tightened evenly to prevent buckling the plate.

START-UP AND SHUT-DOWN

START-UP PROCEDURE:
• Determine that the orifice assembly is properly installed:

• Do not over-pressurize the orifice assembly.

• Do not subject orifice assembly to shock pressures or water hammer.

• Do not subject orifice assembly to shock temperatures.

SHUT-DOWN PROCEDURE:

• Depressurize the associated system prior to disconnecting or removing the meter from the
pipeline.

• Allow the meter(s) to return to room temperature before removing or servicing.

MAINTANANCE PROCEDURE:

• No periodic review/maintenance is required for orifice flow element.

• During planned maintenance of the plant, inspect the orifice bore for erosion & corrosion

Page 4 of 5
2c/9, New No. 57, South Phase, 3rd Main Road, Industrial Estate, Ambattur, Chennai 600 058. INDIA
+91 44 2624 5758, 2625 6375 Email – info@iaflow.com Website www.iaflow.com

• If any damage in the bore, please replace Orifice plate.


If any damage in the gasket, please replace it.

• Flush the orifice flow element with clean fluid.

• Reassemble the Orifice Assembly & impulse tubing properly.

• Repair or modification is not recommended for orifice flow element.

• Minimum life time for Orifice Assembly shall be 10 Years.

• Periodically review the performance of the orifice.

Page 5 of 5
WARRANTY CERTIFICATE OF FLOW
TRANSMITTERS, FLOW ELEMENTS & RESTRICTION
ORIFICE PLATES
WARRANTY CERTIFICATE

Date: 31st March, 2020

Consignee & Buyer:


GULF SPIC GENERAL TRADING & CONTRACTING COMPANY W.L.L.
P.O.BOX 4655164016
STREET 46551 FAHAHEEL
KUWAIT

We certify that the Yokogawa materials supplied against order reference PO#
“PO219/309/0” covers a warranty of 12 months from the date of delivery or 18
months from the date of manufacturing whichever is earlier.

For Yokogawa Middle East & Africa B.S.c

This is a computer generated certificate. Hence, not signature is required.


SPIR

You might also like